Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

introducing a new point

  • 1 Well

    adv.
    P. and V. εὖ, καλῶς.
    Correctly: P. and V. ὀρθῶς.
    Well then: P. and V. εἶεν, τί οὖν.
    Come then: P. and V. ἄγε, φέρε, ἴθι, φέρε δή; see Come.
    Well, let them shout: Ar. οἱ δʼ οὖν βοώντων (Ach. 186).
    Well, let them laugh: V. οἱ δʼ οὖν γελώντων (Soph., Aj. 961).
    If they listen to our representations, well and good: P. ἢν μὲν εἰσακούσωσί τι πρεσβευομένων ἡμῶν, ταῦτα ἄριστα (Thuc. 1, 82).
    Well, but ( introducing an objection): P. ἀλλὰ νὴ Δία (Dem. 755).
    Well, suppose: Ar. and V. καὶ δή; see under Suppose.
    Well, then ( introducing a new point): P. τί δέ (Plat., Crito, 49C).
    As well, further: P. and V. ἔτι; see Besides.
    At the same time: P. and V. ἅμα, ὁμοῦ.
    As well as, together with: P. and V. ἅμα (dat.), ὁμοῦ (dat.) (rare P.).
    Be well in health: Ar. and P. ὑγιαίνειν, P. and V. εὖ ἔχειν.
    It is well: P. and V. εὖ ἔχει, καλῶς ἔχει.
    ——————
    subs.
    Ar. and P. φρέαρ, τό.
    Dig a well, v.: Ar. φρεωρυχεῖν.
    ——————
    v. intrans.
    Gush: P. and V. ῥεῖν, ἀπορρεῖν, στάζειν (Plat. but rare P.), V. κηκίειν, ἐκπηδᾶν.
    Of tears: P. and V. λείβεσθαι (Plat.).
    Tears well from my eyes: V. ἐκ δʼ ὀμμάτων πηγαὶ κατερρώγασι (Eur., Alc. 1067).
    Welling tears: V. χλωρὰ δάκρυα (Eur., Med. 922).
    A welling spring of water: V. δροσώδης ὕδατος νοτίς (Eur., Bacch. 705).

    Woodhouse English-Greek dictionary. A vocabulary of the Attic language > Well

  • 2 Behold

    interj.
    Ar. and V. ἰδού, ἴδεσθε, ἤν (rare V.).
    Introducing some new point: P. and V. καὶ μήν.
    ——————
    v. trans.
    P. and V. ὁρᾶν (or mid. in V.), ἐφορᾶν, καθορᾶν (or mid.), προσορᾶν (Plat.), σκοπεῖν, θεᾶσθαι, θεωρεῖν, V. εἰσορᾶν (or mid.) (rare P.), προσλεύσσειν, προσδέρκεσθαι, εἰσδέρκεσθαι, Ar. and V. λεύσσειν, δέρκεσθαι, ἐποπτεύειν, see See, Look.

    Woodhouse English-Greek dictionary. A vocabulary of the Attic language > Behold

  • 3 ἀλλά

    ἀλλά A not combined with another particle.
    1 following a neg. sentence, clause; clarifying a previous denial

    οὐ χθόνα ταράσσοντες οὐδὲ πόντιον ὕδωρ ἀλλὰ ἄδακρυν νέμονται βίοτον O. 2.65

    κόρος, οὐ δίκᾳ συναντόμενος, ἀλλὰ O. 2.96

    οὐδἔλαθ' Αἴπυτον. ἀλλ ὁ μὲν Πυθῶνάδ ᾤχετ ἰὼν O. 6.37

    ἐκέλευσεν μὴ παρφάμεν, ἀλλὰ Κρόνου σὺν παιδὶ νεῦσαι O. 7.67

    οὐκ ἄτερ παίδων σέθεν, ἀλλἅμα O. 8.45

    εὔχομαι μὴ θέμεν, ἀλλ O. 8.87

    οὐδὲ γὰρ θεοὶ σεμνᾶν Χαρίτων ἄτερ κοιρανέοντι χοροὺς οὔτε δαῖτας· ἀλλὰ πάντων ταμίαι ἔργων ἐν οὐρανῷ O. 14.9

    σὐ δύναται νήπιοι κόσμῳ φέρειν ἀλλ' ἀγαθοί P. 3.83

    μή τινα λειμόμενονμένεινἀλλ P. 4.186

    ὃς οὐ ἀφίκετοἀλλ P. 5.30

    κατέκλασε γὰρ ἐντέων σθένος οὐδέν· ἀλλὰ κρέμαται P. 5.34

    οὐ θεῶν ἄτερ, ἀλλὰ Μοῖρά τις ἄγεν P. 5.76

    οὔθἐφίλησεν ὁδοὺς οὔτε δείπνων τέρψιας ἀλλ P. 9.20

    τὸ δὲ μόρσιμον οὐ παρφυκτόν ἀλλ' ἔσται χρόνος οὗτος P. 12.30

    οὐκ ἔραμαι πολὺν ἐν μεγάρῳ πλοῦτον κατακρύψαις ἔχειν, ἀλλ' ἐόντων εὖ τε παθεῖν N. 1.32

    οὐ λαθὼνἭραν ἐγκατέβα, ἀλλὰ θεῶν βασίλεα N. 1.39

    οὐκ ἀνδριαντοποιός εἰμ·ἀλλ' ἐπὶ πάσας ὁλκάδος, γλυκεἶ ἀοιδά, στεῖχ N. 5.2

    εἴη μή ποτέ μοι τοιοῦτον ἦθος, Ζεῦ πάτερ, ἀλλὰ κελεύθοις ἁπλόαις ζοᾶς ἐφαπτοίμαν N. 8.35

    οὐδὲ Κρονίων στείχειν ἐπώτρυν, ἀλλὰ φείσασθαι κελεύθου N. 9.

    20.

    δένδρεά τοὐκ ἐθέλει πάσαις ἐτέων περόδοις ἄνθος εὐῶδες φέρειν πλούτῳ ἴσον, ἀλλ' ἐναμείβοντι N. 11.42

    σαφὲς οὐχ ἕπεται τέκμαρ· ἀλλ' ἔμπαν μεγαλανορίαις ἐμβαίνομεν N. 11.44

    οὐ γὰρ ἦν πενταέθλιον, ἀλλἐφἑκάστῳ ἔργματι κεῖτο τέλος I. 1.26

    οὐδέ ποτε ὑπέστειλἱστίον. ἀλλἐπέρα I. 2.41

    οὐ γὰρ φύσιν ὠαριωνείαν ἔλαχεν· ἀλλ' ὀνοτὸς μὲν ἰδέσθαι I. 4.50

    σφετέρας δ' οὐ φείσατο χέρσιν βαρυφθόγγοιο νευρᾶς Ἡρακλέης· ἀλλ Αἰακίδαν καλέων ἐς πλόον (νῦν ἄρχεται τῶν ἐπὶ μέρους, ἀκριβῶς τὸ ὅλον προεκθείς. Σ.) I. 6.35

    τὸν μὲν οὐδὲ θανόντ' ἀοιδαὶ ἔλιπον, ἀλλά οἱ I. 8.57

    οὕνεκεν οὔ σε παιηόνων ἄδορπον εὐνάξομεν ἀλλ' ἀοιδᾶν ῥόθια δεκομένα κατερεῖς Pae. 6.128

    ἔριν οὐ παλίγλωσσον ἀλλὰ δίκας ὁδοὺς π[ις]τὰς ἐφίλη[ς.]ν Παρθ. 2.. οὐ κό]ρῳ ἀλλ ἀρετᾷ (e Σ supp. Lobel.) fr. 169. 15.
    2 without preceding negative; modifying a previous statement
    a

    ἀλλ' αἶνον ἐπέβα κόρος O. 2.95

    ἀλλ' οὐ καλὰ δένδρἐ ἔθαλλεν χῶρος O. 3.23

    ἀλλά μιν οὐκ εἴασεν O. 7.61

    οὐχ ὑπέμεινεν ὄλβον ἀλλά νιν ὕβρις εἰς ἀυᾴταν ὑπερᾴφανον ὦρσεν P. 2.28

    ἀλλ' οὐδὲ ταῦτα νόον ἰαίνει φθονερῶν P. 2.89

    ἀλλ' ἐπεὶ P. 3.38

    ἀλλὰ κέρδει καὶ σοφίᾳ δέδεται P. 3.54

    “οὐδ' ἀπιθησέ νιν, ἀλλ” P. 4.36

    οὐδὲ κομᾶν πλόκαμοι κερθέντες ᾤχοντ' ἀγλαοί ἀλλ ἅπαν νῶτον καταίθυσσον P. 8.83

    ἀθρόαις πέντε δραπὼν νύκτεσσιν ἔν θ' ἁμέραις ἱερὸν εὐζοίας ἄωτον. ἀλλἐν ἕκτᾳ P. 4.132

    “

    ἔσομαι τοῖος· ἀλλ' ἤδη P. 4.157

    ἀλλἤδη τελευτὰν κεῖνος αὐταῖς ἡμιθέων πλόος ἄγαγεν P. 4.210

    σκιᾶς ὄναρ ἄνθρωπος. ἀλλ' ὅταν αἴγλα διόσδοτος ἔλθῃ P. 8.96

    ἀλλὰ χρονίῳ σὺν Ἄρει πέφνεν τε ματέρα P. 11.36

    [ ἄτᾳ codd.: ἀλλ coni. Boeckh. P. 11.55]

    ἀλλἐπεὶ ἐκ τούτων φίλον ἄνδρα πόνων ἐρρύσατο P. 12.18

    εὗρεν θεός· ἀλλά νιν εὑροῖσ' ἀνδράσι θνατοῖς ἔχειν, ὀνύμασεν κεφαλᾶν πολλᾶν νόμον P. 12.22

    ἀλλά τι προσφέρομεν ἔμπαν ἢ μέγαν νόον ἤτοι

    φύσιν ἀθανάτοις N. 6.4

    ἀλλὰ τὸ μόρσιμον ἀπέδωκεν N. 7.44

    ἀλλὰ χαλκὸν μυρίον οὐ δυνατὸν ἐξελέγχειν N. 10.45

    ἀλλ' οὔ νιν φλάσαν N. 10.68

    ἀλλὰ βροτῶν τὸν μὲν κενεόφρονες αὖχαι ἐξ ἀγαθῶν ἔβαλον N. 11.29

    ἀλλ' ἐγὼ Ἡροδότῳ τεύχων τὸ μὲν ἅρματι τεθρίππῳ γέρας I. 1.14

    ἐν ὕπνῳ γὰρ πέσεν·ἀλλ' ἀνεγειρομένα χρῶτα λάμπει I. 4.23

    ἔτλαν δὲ πένθος οὐ φατόν· ἀλλὰ νῦν μοι Γαιάοχος εὐδίαν ὄπασσεν ἐκ χειμῶνος I. 7.37

    ἀλλ' ἐμοὶ δεῖμα μὲν παροιχόμενον καρτερὰν ἔπαυσε μέριμναν I. 8.11

    ἀλλ' οὔ σφιν ἄμβροτοι τέλεσαν εὐνὰν θεῶν πραπίδες I. 8.30

    (Delos floated on the waves,) ἀλλἁ Κοιογένης ὁπότ' ἐπέβα νιν, δὴ τότε τέσσαρες ἀπώρουσαν κίονες fr. 33d. 3.

    ὄλβον ἐγκατέθηκαν. ἀλλὰ[ ]ἐπέπεσε μοῖρα Pae. 2.63

    ἀλλ' οὔτε ματέῤ ἔπειτα κεδνὰν ἔιδεν οὔτε Pae. 6.105

    ἀλλά μιν Κρόνου παῖδες ἔκρυψαν Pae. 8.72

    σῶμα δ ἐστὶ θνατόν. ἀλλ ᾧτινι μὴ λιπότεκνος σφαλῇ πάμπαν οἶκος, ζώει Παρθ. 1. 16. (a description of those that do not love Theoxenos,) ἀλλἐγὼ τάκομαι fr. 123. 10.
    b where the qualification provides a climax, cf. 3. b. infra.

    ἐν μὲν Αἰτωλῶν θυσίαισι φαενναῖς Οἰνείδαι κρατεροί, ἐν δὲ Θήβαις, Περσεὺς δ' ἐν Ἄργει, Κάστορος δ αἰχμὰ Πολυδεύκεός τ ἐπ Εὐρώτα ῥεέθροις. ἀλλ ἐν Οἰνώνᾳ I. 5.34

    c simply introducing a new attitude

    ἀλλ' ὥτε παῖς ἐξ ἀλόχου πατρὶ ποθεινὸς O. 10.86

    ἀλλ' ὅτ Αἰήτας ἄροτρον σκίμψατο P. 4.224

    ἀλλεὔχεται P. 4.293

    3 introducing imperative, simm.
    a imperative proper.

    ἀλλὰ Δωρίαν ἀπὸ φόρμιγγα πασσάλου λάμβαν O. 1.17

    ἀλλὦ Κρόνιε παῖ Ῥέας, εὔφρων ἄρουραν ἔτι πατρίαν σφίσιν κόμισον λοιπῷ γένει O. 2.12

    ἀλλὰ Κρόνου παῖ, Οὐλυμπιονίκαν δέξαι Χαρίτων θ' ἕκατι τόνδε κῶμον (v. l. ἀλλὦ.) O. 4.6

    ὦ Φίντις, ἀλλὰ ζεῦξον ἤδη μοι σθένος ἡμιόνων O. 6.22

    ἀλλ' ὦ Ζεῦ πάτερ, νώτοισιν Ἀταβυρίου μεδέων, τίμα μὲν ὕμνου τε-

    θμὸν O. 7.87

    ἀλλ' ὦ Πίσας εὔδενδρον ἐπ Ἀλφεῷ ἄλσος, τόνδε κῶμον καὶ στεφαναφορίαν δέξαι O. 8.9

    ἀλλὰ νῦν ἑκαταβόλων Μοισᾶν ἀπὸ τόξων Δία τε φοινικοστερόπαν σεμνόν τ' ἐπίνειμαι ἀκρωτήριον Ἄλιδος O. 9.5

    ὦ Μοῖσ, ἀλλὰ σὺ καὶ θυγάτηρ Ἀλάθεια Διός, ὀρθᾷ χερὶ ἐρύκετον ψευδέων ἐνιπὰν O. 10.3

    ἀλλ' ὅμως, κρέσσων γὰρ οἰκτιρμοῦ φθόνος, μὴ παρίει καλά P. 1.85

    “ἀλλὰ καὶ σκᾶπτον μόναρχον καὶ θρόνος, τὰ μὲν ἄνευ ξυνᾶς ἀνίας λῦσον” P. 4.152

    ἀλλ' ἐπέων γλυκὺν ὕμνον πράσσετε N. 9.3

    ἀλλ' ἀνὰ μὲν βρομίαν φόρμιγγ, ἀνὰ δ αὐλὸν ἐπ αὐτὰν ὄρσομεν ἱππίων ἀέθλων κορυφάν N. 9.8

    ἀλλ' ὅμως εὔχορδον ἔγειρε λύραν N. 10.21

    “ἀλλὰ τὰ μὲν παύσατε· βροτέων δὲ λεχέων τυχοῖσα υἱὸν εἰσιδέτω θανόντ” I. 8.35
    b where the imperative denotes a climax. cf. 2b supra ἀπὸ Ταυγέτοιο μὲν Σκυρίαι δὲ. ὅπλα δ' ἀπ Ἄργεος, ἅρμα Θηβαῖον, ἀλλ ἀπὸ τᾶς ἀγλαοκάρπου Σικελίας ματεύειν ( ἀλλά om. codd. Athenaei.) fr. 106. 6.
    c where the following sentence has imperative force “ἀλλὰ τούτων μὲν κεφάλαια λόγων ἴστε. λευκίππων δὲ δόμους πατέρων φράσσατέ μοι σαφέως.” P. 4.116 cf. I. 8.35
    d introducing a wish, prayer ἀλλὰ σὺν δόξᾳ τέλος δωδεκάμηνον περᾶσαί νιν ἀτρώτῳ κραδίᾳ (Dissen: περάσαι σὺν codd.) N. 11.9

    ἐλαύνεις τι νεώτερον ἢ πάρος; ἀλλά σε πρὸς Διός, ἱπποσόα θοάς, ἱκετεύω, ἀπήμονα εἰς ὄλβον τινὰ τράποιο Pae. 9.7

    4 in various minor uses.
    a introducing statement of intent by poet

    ἀλλἐμὲ χρὴ μναμοσύναν ἀνεγείροντα φράσαι O. 8.74

    , cf. P. 4.141 ἀλλὰ πάνδοξον Αἰολάδα σταθυὸν υἱοῦ τε Παγώνδα ὑμνήσω Παρθ. 2. 6.
    b introducing oracular utterance “ ἀλλὰ μιν ποταμῷ σχεδὸν μολόντα φύρσει” (elocutionem oraculi propriam agnovit Blass.) Pae. 2.73
    c following a rhetorical question “ τά κέ τις ἀνώνυμον γῆρας ἐν σκότῳ καθήμενος ἕψοι μάταν —; ἀλλ' ἐμοὶ μὲν οὗτος ἄεθλος ὑποκείσεται” O. 1.84

    τί κομπέω παρὰ καιρόν; ἀλλά με Πυθώ τε καὶ τὸ Πελινναῖον ἀπύει P. 10.4

    B compounded with other particles.
    1 ἀλλὰ γάρ, ἀλλὰ γάρ.
    a where both particles preserve their original force: yet since ἀλλὰ παρθένοι γὰρ τοῦτον ἔσχετε τεθμόν, κλῦτε νῦν Πα. 6. 53, cf. O. 4.1ff., Wil. on Eur., Her. 138.
    b emphasising a main point in contrast to preceding: yet

    εἰ δὲ δή τινἄνδρα θνατὸν Ὀλύμπου σκοποὶ ἐτίμασαν, ἦν Τάνταλος οὗτος· ἀλλὰ γὰρ καταπέψαι μέγαν ὄλβον οὐκ ἐδυνάσθη O. 1.55

    οὔτ' ἰδεῖν εὔχοντο πεμπταῖον γεγενημένον. ἀλλ ἐν κέκρυπτο γὰρ σχοίνῳ O. 6.53

    “ ἀλλὰ γὰρ νόστου πρόφασις γλυκεροῦ κώλυεν μεῖναι” P. 4.32

    χαλκέῳ τ' Ἄρει ἅδον. ἀλλἁμέρᾳ γὰρ ἐν μιᾷ τραχεῖα νιφὰς πολέμοιο τεσσάρων ἀνδρῶν ἐρήμωσεν μάκαιραν ἑστίαν I. 4.16

    (an enumeration of the glories of Thebes,) ἀλλὰ παλαιὰ γὰρ εὕδει χάρις (v. Schadew. 268̆{5}) I. 7.16
    c emphasising a maxim, breaking off narrative.

    ἀλλὰ κοινὸν γὰρ ἔρχεται κῦμ' Ἀίδα N. 7.30

    ἀλλὰ γὰρ ἀνάπαυσις ἐν παντὶ γλυκεῖα ἔργῳ N. 7.52

    d frag. ἀ]λλὰ γὰρ τ[ fr. 60a. 11.
    2 ἀλλά τοι, ἀλλὰ τοι: emphatic, yet

    ἀλλά τοι ἤρατο τῶν ἀπεόντων P. 3.19

    “ ἀλλ' ἄγε τῶνδέ τοι ἔμπαν αἵρεσιν παρδίδωμ” N. 10.82

    ἀλλ' Ὅμηρός τοι τετίμακεν δἰἀνθρώπων I. 4.37

    3 ἀλλὰ μέν: opposing what precedes.

    ἀλλ' ἐπεύξασθαι μὲν ἐγὼν ἐθέλω Ματρὶ P. 3.77

    4 ἀλλ' ἦ. ἀλλ ἦ μακ[ρ]ότερον fr. 6a. e.
    5

    ἀλλὰ γε. ἀλλ' ὅ γε Μέλαμπος οὐκ ἤθελεν Pae. 4.28

    C
    b dub. [ ἀλλὰ καὶ (coni. Hermann: ἅμα codd. contra metr.) O. 1.104] [ ἀλλὰ (codd. contra met.: ἄνα Kayser: ἄγε Maas.) O. 13.114] [ ἢ πόντου κενέωσιν ἀλλὰ πέδον (codd. Dion. Hal. contra metr.: <˘> ἂμ Hermann.) Pae. 9.16]

    Lexicon to Pindar > ἀλλά

  • 4 ἀλλά

    ἀλλά (Hom.+; DELG s.v. ἄλλος; Schwyzer II 578) gener. adversative particle (orig. neut. pl. of ἄλλος, ‘otherwise’) indicating a difference with or contrast to what precedes, in the case of individual clauses as well as whole sentences
    ① after a negative or after μέν on the contrary, but, yet, rather
    ⓐ introducing a contrast οὐκ ἦλθον καταλῦσαι, ἀλλὰ πληρῶσαι Mt 5:17. οὐ πᾶς ὁ λέγων … ἀλλʼ ὁ ποιῶν 7:21. οὐκ ἀπέθανεν, ἀλλὰ καθεύδει Mk 5:39. οὐκέτι οὐδένα εἶδον, ἀλλὰ τὸν Ἰησοῦν μόνον 9:8 (v.l. εἰ μὴ τ. Ἰ.). οὐ … σαρκὶ ἀλλὰ μόνῳ πνεύματι AcPl Ant 13 (μόνον Aa I 237, 3). οὐκ ἔστι θεὸς νεκρῶν ἀλλὰ ζώντων Mt 22:32; Mk 12:27; Lk 20:38. ἀλλὰ καθῶς γέγραπται Ro 15:21 introduces a statement about a procedure that contrasts with what precedes.—W. ascensive force (B-D-F §448; Rob. 1187) οὐ μόνον … ἀλλὰ καί not only …, but also (EpArist oft.; TestJob 47:2f; Jos., Bell. 3, 102; Just., A I, 5, 4): οὐ μόνον δεθῆναι, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀποθανεῖν Ac 21:13. οὐ μόνον σὲ ἀλλὰ καὶ πάντας τοὺς ἀκούοντας 26:29; cp. 27:10; Ro 1:32; 4:12, 16; 9:24; 13:5; 2 Cor 8:10, 21; 9:12; Eph 1:21; Phil 1:29; 1 Th 1:5; 2:8; Hb 12:26; 1 Pt 2:18. W. the first member shortened (cp. TestJob 35:1) οὐ μόνον δέ, ἀλλὰ καί not only this (is the case), but also: οὐ μόνον δέ (sc. καυχώμεθα ἐπὶ τούτῳ), ἀλλὰ καὶ καυχώμεθα ἐν ταῖς θλίψεσιν Ro 5:3, cp. vs. 11; 8:23; 9:10; 2 Cor 8:19.—Introducing the main point after a question expressed or implied, which has been answered in the negative οὐχί, ἀλλὰ κληθήσεται Ἰωάννης no; rather his name shall be John Lk 1:60. οὐχί, λέγω ὑμῖν, ἀλλὰ ἐὰν μὴ μετανοῆτε no! I tell you; rather, if you do not repent 13:3, 5; cp. 16:30; J 7:12; Ac 16:37; Ro 3:27 (TestAbr A 5 p. 82, 5; 31f [Stone p. 12]; JosAs 4:15 al.; ApcMos 6) after μὴ γένοιτο, which serves as a strong negation 3:31; 7:7, 13; cp. 1 Cor 7:21. The neg. answer is omitted as obvious: (no,) instead of that 6:6 (as a declaration). Instead of ἀ.: ἀλλʼ ἤ Lk 12:51; B 2:8. Also after a negative and ἄλλος, as in Pla., X. et al. (Kühner-G. II 284f; IG IV, 951, 76 [320 B.C.]; PPetr II, 46a, 5 [200 B.C.]; Just., A II, 4, 2 al.; in rhetorical quest. PsSol 5:12; B-D-F §448, 8): except οὐ γὰρ ἄλλα γράφομεν ὑμῖν ἀλλʼ ἢ ἃ ἀναγινώσκετε for we write you nothing (else) except what you can understand 2 Cor 1:13. This construction οὐκ ἄλλος ἀλλʼ ἤ is a combination of οὐκ ἄλλος …, ἀλλά (PTebt 104, 19 [92 B.C.] μὴ ἐξέστω Φιλίσκωνι γυναῖκα ἄλλην ἐπαγαγέσθαι, ἀλλὰ Ἀπολλωνίαν) 1 Cl 51:5, and οὐκ ἄλλος ἤ … (Ps.-Clem., Hom. 16, 20).
    ⓑ within the same clause, used to contrast single words (Just., A I, 15, 7 οὐ τούς δικαίους … ἀλλὰ τούς ἀσεβεῖς, D. 48, 1): οὐ … δικαίους ἀλλʼ ἁμαρτωλούς Mt 9:13; Lk 5:32. οὐκ ἐμὲ δέχεται ἀλλὰ τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με Mk 9:37. ἀλλʼ οὐ τί ἐγὼ θέλω ἀλλὰ τί σύ 14:36, cp. J 5:30; 6:38. ἡ ἐμὴ διδαχὴ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐμὴ ἀλλὰ τοῦ πέμψαντός με 7:16. οὐκ ἐγὼ ἀλλὰ ὁ κύριος 1 Cor 7:10. οὐ τῇ πορνείᾳ, ἀλλὰ τῷ κυρίῳ 6:13. οὐκ εἰς τὸ κρεῖσσον ἀλλὰ εἰς τὸ ἧσσον 11:17. οὐκ ἔστιν ἓν μέλος ἀλλὰ πολλά 12:14. οὐκ εἰς τὸ ἀγαθὸν ἀλλʼ εἰς τὸ πονηρόν D 5:2. οὐχ ὡς διδάσκαλος ἀλλʼ ὡς εἷς ἐξ ὑμῶν B 1:8 al. In Mt 20:23, οὐκ ἔστιν ἐμὸν τοῦτο δοῦναι, ἀλλʼ οἷς ἡτοίμασται ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρός μου has been shortened from οὐκ ἐμὸν … ἀλλὰ τοῦ πατρός, ὅς δώσει οἷς ἡτοίμασται ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ.—But s. WBeck, CTM 21, ’50, 606–10 for the mng. except for Mt 20:23=Mk 10:40, and Mk 4:22, also 9:8 v.l. (for εἰ μή); D 9:5. So also B-D-F §448, 8; Mlt-Turner 330; MBlack, An Aramaic Approach3, ’67, 113f.—After μὲν, to indicate that a limiting phrase is to follow πάντα μὲν καθαρά, ἀλλὰ κακὸν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ Ro 14:20. σὺ μὲν γὰρ καλῶς εὐχαριστεῖς, ἀλλʼ ὁ ἕτερος οὐκ οἰκοδομεῖται 1 Cor 14:17.—The use of ἀλλά in the Johannine lit. is noteworthy, in that the parts contrasted are not always of equal standing grammatically: οὐκ ἦν ἐκεῖνος τὸ φῶς ἀλλʼ ἵνα μαρτυρήσῃ περὶ τοῦ φωτός=ἀλλὰ μαρτυρῶν π. τ. φ. J 1:8; οὐκ ᾔδειν αὐτόν ἀλλʼ … ἦλθον although I did not know him, yet I came vs. 31. εἶπον [ὅτι] οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐγὼ ὁ Χριστός, ἀλλʼ ὅτι I said, ‘I am not the Christ; rather, I was sent before him’ 3:28. οὔτε οὗτος ἥμαρτεν οὔτε οἱ γονεῖς αὐτοῦ, ἀλλʼ ἵνα φανερωθῇ neither this man has sinned, nor his parents, but (he was born blind) that … might be revealed 9:3.
    ② when whole clauses are compared, ἀλλά can indicate a transition to someth. different or contrasted: the other side of a matter or issue, but, yet. δεῖ γὰρ γενέσθαι, ἀλλʼ οὔπω ἐστὶν τὸ τέλος Mt 24:6, cp. Lk 21:9. κεκοίμηται• ἀλλὰ πορεύομαι ἵνα ἐξυπνίσω αὐτόν J 11:11, cp. vs. 15; 16:20; Lk 22:36; J 4:23; 6:36, 64; 8:37; Ac 9:6; Ro 10:18f. ἁμαρτία οὐκ ἐλλογεῖται … ἀλλὰ … sin is not charged; nevertheless … 5:13f. Introducing an objection, ἀλλὰ ἐρεῖ τις (Jos., Bell. 7, 363 and Just., A I, 7, 1 ἀλλὰ φήσει τις) probably colloq. = ‘well’, someone will say: 1 Cor 15:35; Js 2:18 (difft. DWatson, NTS 39 ’93, 94–121). Taking back or limiting a preceding statement παρένεγκε τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο ἀπʼ ἐμοῦ• ἀλλʼ οὐ τί ἐγὼ θέλω Mk 14:36. ἀλλʼ οὐχ ὡς τὸ παράπτωμα, οὔτως καὶ τὸ χάρισμα Ro 5:15. ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἐχρησάμεθα τῇ ἐξουσίᾳ ταύτῃ 1 Cor 9:12. ἀλλὰ ἕκαστος ἴδιον ἔχει χάρισμα 7:7. ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ τούτου δὲ εἴρηται D 1:6.—In ἀλλʼ, οὐ πάντες οἱ ἐξελθόντες … ; in Hb 3:16 ἀλλʼ, in the opinion of some, seems to owe its origin solely to a misunderstanding of the preceding τίνες as τινές by an early copyist (B-D-F §448, 4), but here ἀλλά may convey strong asseveration surely (so REB). See 3 below.
    ③ before independent clauses, to indicate that the preceding is to be regarded as a settled matter, thus forming a transition to someth. new (Just., A I, 3; 10, 1) other matter for additional consideration, but ἀλλὰ ὁ ὄχλος οὗτος … ἐπάρατοί εἰσιν but this rabble … is accursed J 7:49. ἀλλʼ ἐν τούτοις πᾶσιν ὑπερνικῶμεν (no, not at all!) but in all these we are more than conquerors Ro 8:37. ἀλλʼ ὅτι ἃ θύουσιν, δαιμονίοις … θύουσιν (no!) but they (the gentiles) offer what they sacrifice to inferior deities 1 Cor 10:20 (their second-rate status is Paul’s connotation). Cp. Gal 2:3 and Mt 11:7f ἀλλὰ τί ἐξήλθατε ἰδεῖν; (you could not have wanted to see that;) but what did you go out to see? Also to be explained elliptically is the ascensive ἀλλὰ καί (and not only this,) but also Lk 12:7; 16:21; 24:22; Phil 1:18 (Ath. 21, 4); negative ἀλλʼ οὐδέ Lk 23:15; Ac 19:2; 1 Cor 3:2; 4:3 (Ar. 9:1); strengthened ἀλλά γε καί indeed Lk 24:21; ἀλλὰ μὲν οὖν γε καί Phil 3:8; Hb 3:16 (s. 2 above) may well be rendered (as NEB) all those, surely, whom Moses had led out of Egypt (cp. Dio Chrys. 33, 36; 47, 3).
    ④ for strong alternative/additional consideration
    ⓐ in the apodosis of conditional sentences, yet, certainly, at least εἰ καὶ πάντες σκανδαλισθήσονται, ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἐγώ certainly I will not Mk 14:29; cp. 1 Cor 8:6; 2 Cor 4:16; 5:16; 11:6; strengthened ἀλλὰ καί: εἰ γὰρ σύμφυτοι γεγόναμεν …, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς ἀναστάσεως (sc. σύμφυτοι) ἐσόμεθα we shall certainly be united w. him in his resurrection Ro 6:5; limited by γε (ἀλλʼ οὖν γε Just., D. 76, 6; 93, 1): εἰ ἄλλοις οὐκ εἰμὶ ἀπόστολος, ἀλλά γε ὑμῖν εἰμι at least I am one to you 1 Cor 9:2 (cp. X., Cyr. 1, 3, 6; B-D-F §439, 2). ἐὰν γὰρ μυρίους παιδαγωγοὺς ἔχητε ἐν Χριστῷ, ἀλλʼ οὐ πολλοὺς πατέρας certainly not many fathers 1 Cor 4:15.
    ⓑ rhetorically ascensive: (not only this,) but rather πόσην κατειργάσατο ὑμῖν σπουδήν, ἀ. ἀπολογίαν, ἀ. ἀγανάκτησιν, ἀ. φόβον, ἀ. ἐπιπόθησιν, ἀ. ζῆλον, ἀ. ἐκδίκησιν even, yes indeed 2 Cor 7:11. On Eph 5:24 s. 5 below.
    ⑤ w. an impv. to strengthen the command: now, then (Arrian, Anab. 5, 26, 4 ἀλλὰ παραμείνατε=so hold on! JosAs 13:9; ApcMos 3; SibOr 3, 624; 632; Jos., Ant. 4, 145): ἀλλὰ ἐλθὼν ἐπίθες τὴν χεῖρά σου now come and lay your hand on her Mt 9:18. ἀλλʼ εἴ τι δύνῃ, βοήθησον now help me, if you can (in any way) Mk 9:22. ἀλλὰ ὑπάγετε εἴπατε now go and tell 16:7. ἀλλὰ ἀναστὰς κατάβηθι Ac 10:20. ἀλλὰ ἀνάστηθι 26:16 (JosAs 14:11).—In same sense w. subjunctive ἀλλʼ … ἀπειλησώμεθα αὐτοῖς μηκέτι λαλεῖν now let us warn them not to speak any longer 4:17. ἀλλʼ ὥσπερ ἐν παντὶ περισσεύετε … ἵνα καὶ ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ χάριτι περισσεύητε 2 Cor 8:7. Unless Eph 5:24 is to be placed in 4b, it is prob. to be understood as an ellipsis, and can be expanded thus: then just as the church is subject to Christ, wives should also be subject to their husbands. Yet ἀλλά is also used to introduce an inference from what precedes: so, therefore, accordingly (e.g. Aristoph., Ach. 1189 ὁδὶ δὲ καὐτός. Ἀλλʼ ἄνοιγε τὴν θύραν=‘here he is in person. So open the door’, Birds 1718; Herodas 7, 89; Artem. 4, 27 p. 219, 22; cp. AMoorehouse, ClQ 46, ’52, 100–104 on ‘progressive’ ἀλλά as Od. 3, 388).—M-M.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἀλλά

  • 5 to

    1.
    [before vowel tʊ, before consonant tə, stressed tuː] preposition
    1) (in the direction of and reaching) zu; (with name of place) nach

    go to work/to the theatre — zur Arbeit/ins Theater gehen

    to Paris/France — nach Paris/Frankreich

    2) (towards a condition or quality) zu
    3) (as far as) bis zu

    from London to Edinburgh — von London [bis] nach Edinburgh

    increase from 10 % to 20 % — von 10 % auf 20 % steigen

    with one's back to the wall — mit dem Rücken zur Wand

    [compared] to — verglichen mit; im Vergleich zu

    it's ten to one he does something — die Chancen stehen zehn zu eins, dass er etwas tut

    to somebody/something — jemandem/einer Sache (Dat.)

    lend/explain etc. something to somebody — jemandem etwas leihen/erklären usw.

    to me — (in my opinion) meiner Meinung nach

    what's that to you? — was geht das dich an?

    7) (until) bis

    to the end — bis zum Ende

    five [minutes] to eight — fünf [Minuten] vor acht

    8) with infinitive of a verb zu; expressing purpose, or after academic.ru/75540/too">too um [...] zu

    too young to marry — zu jung, um zu heiraten; zu jung zum Heiraten

    to rebel is pointless — es ist sinnlos zu rebellieren

    he would have phoned but forgot to — er hätte angerufen, aber er vergaß es

    she didn't want to go there, but she had to — sie wollte nicht hingehen, aber sie musste

    2.
    [tuː] adverb
    1) (just not shut)

    be to — [Tür, Fenster:] angelehnt sein

    2)
    * * *
    1. [tə,tu] preposition
    1) (towards; in the direction of: I cycled to the station; The book fell to the floor; I went to the concert/lecture/play.) zu, auf
    2) (as far as: His story is a lie from beginning to end.) bis
    3) (until: Did you stay to the end of the concert?) bis
    4) (sometimes used to introduce the indirect object of a verb: He sent it to us; You're the only person I can talk to.) zu, mit
    5) (used in expressing various relations: Listen to me!; Did you reply to his letter?; Where's the key to this door?; He sang to (the accompaniment of) his guitar.) zu, für
    6) (into a particular state or condition: She tore the letter to pieces.) in
    7) (used in expressing comparison or proportion: He's junior to me; Your skill is superior to mine; We won the match by 5 goals to 2.) gegenüber, zu
    8) (showing the purpose or result of an action etc: He came quickly to my assistance; To my horror, he took a gun out of his pocket.) zu
    9) ([tə] used before an infinitive eg after various verbs and adjectives, or in other constructions: I want to go!; He asked me to come; He worked hard to (= in order to) earn a lot of money; These buildings were designed to (= so as to) resist earthquakes; She opened her eyes to find him standing beside her; I arrived too late to see him.) zu, um zu
    10) (used instead of a complete infinitive: He asked her to stay but she didn't want to.) zu
    2. [tu:] adverb
    1) (into a closed or almost closed position: He pulled/pushed the door to.) zu
    2) (used in phrasal verbs and compounds: He came to (= regained consciousness).) zu sich, dran
    •
    * * *
    to
    [tu:, tu, tə]
    1. (moving towards) in + akk
    , nach + dat
    , zu + dat
    she walked over \to the window sie ging [hinüber] zum Fenster [o ans Fenster]
    we're going \to town wir gehen/fahren in die Stadt
    they go \to work on the bus sie fahren mit dem Bus zur Arbeit
    I'm going \to a party/concert ich gehe auf eine Party/ein Konzert
    she has to go \to a meeting now sie muss jetzt zu einem Meeting [gehen]
    we moved \to Germany last year wir sind letztes Jahr nach Deutschland gezogen
    he flew \to the US er flog in die USA
    she's never been \to Mexico before sie ist noch nie [zuvor] in Mexiko gewesen
    my first visit \to Africa mein erster Aufenthalt in Afrika
    this is a road \to nowhere! diese Straße führt nirgendwohin!
    parallel \to the x axis parallel zur x-Achse
    from here \to the station von hier [bis] zum Bahnhof
    on the way \to the mountains/the sea/the town centre auf dem Weg in die Berge/zum Meer/ins [o zum] Stadtzentrum
    \to the north/south nördlich/südlich
    twenty miles \to the north of the city zwanzig Meilen nördlich der Stadt
    the suburbs are \to the west of the city die Vororte liegen im Westen der Stadt
    from place \to place von Ort zu Ort
    \to the right/left nach rechts/links
    there \to the right dort rechts
    he's standing \to the left of Adrian er steht links neben Adrian
    2. (attending regularly) zu + dat
    , in + dat
    she goes \to kindergarten sie geht in den Kindergarten
    he goes \to university er geht auf die Universität
    do you go \to church? gehst du in die Kirche?
    I go \to the gym twice a week ich gehe zweimal wöchentlich zum Fitness
    3. (inviting to) zu + dat
    an invitation \to a wedding eine Einladung zu einer Hochzeit
    I've asked them \to dinner ich habe sie zum Essen eingeladen
    she took me out \to lunch yesterday sie hat mich gestern zum Mittagessen ausgeführt [o eingeladen
    she pointed \to a distant spot on the horizon sie zeigte auf einen fernen Punkt am Horizont
    to have one's back \to sth/sb etw/jdm den Rücken zudrehen
    back \to front verkehrt herum
    5. (in contact with) an + dat
    they were dancing cheek \to cheek sie tanzten Wange an Wange
    she put her hand \to his breast sie legte die Hand auf seine Brust
    she clasped the letter \to her bosom sie drückte den Brief an ihre Brust
    6. (attached to) an + akk
    tie the lead \to the fence mach die Leine am Zaun fest
    they fixed the bookshelves \to the wall sie brachten die Bücherregale an der Wand an
    stick the ads \to some paper klebe die Anzeigen auf ein Blatt Papier
    7. (with indirect object)
    ▪ \to sb/sth jdm/etw dat
    I lent my bike \to my brother ich habe meinem Bruder mein Fahrrad geliehen
    give that gun \to me gib mir das Gewehr
    children are often cruel \to each other Kinder sind oft grausam zueinander
    who's the letter addressed \to? an wen ist der Brief adressiert?
    what have they done \to you? was haben sie dir [an]getan?
    her knowledge proved useful \to him ihr Wissen erwies sich als hilfreich für ihn
    they made a complaint \to the manager sie reichten beim Geschäftsleiter eine Beschwerde ein
    a threat \to world peace eine Bedrohung des Weltfriedens [o für den Weltfrieden]
    to be grateful \to sb jdm dankbar sein
    to be married \to sb mit jdm verheiratet sein
    to tell/show sth \to sb jdm etw erzählen/zeigen
    and what did you say \to that? und was hast du dazu gesagt?
    he finally confessed \to the crime er gestand schließlich das Verbrechen
    this is essential \to our strategy dies ist ein wesentlicher Bestandteil unserer Strategie
    9. (in response) auf + akk
    a reference \to Psalm 22:18 ein Verweis auf Psalm 22:18
    her reply \to the question ihre Antwort auf die Frage
    and what was her response \to that? und wie lautete ihr Antwort darauf?
    10. (belonging to) zu + dat
    the keys \to his car seine Autoschlüssel
    the top \to this pen die Kappe, die auf diesen Stift gehört
    she has a mean side \to her sie kann auch sehr gemein sein
    there is a very moral tone \to this book dieses Buch hat einen sehr moralischen Unterton
    there's a funny side \to everything alles hat auch seine komische Seite
    11. (compared to) mit + dat
    I prefer beef \to seafood ich ziehe Rindfleisch Meeresfrüchten vor
    she looked about thirty \to his sixty neben ihm mit seinen sechzig Jahren wirkte sie wie dreißig
    to be comparable \to sth mit etw dat vergleichbar sein
    [to be] nothing \to sth nichts im Vergleich zu etw dat [sein]
    her wage is nothing \to what she could earn ihr Einkommen steht in keinem Vergleich zu dem, was sie verdienen könnte
    to be superior \to sb jdm übergeordnet sein, höher stehen als jd
    12. (in scores) zu + dat
    Paul beat me by three games \to two Paul hat im Spiel drei zu zwei gegen mich gewonnen
    Manchester won three \to one Manchester hat drei zu eins gewonnen
    13. (until) bis + dat
    , zu + dat
    I read up \to page 100 ich habe bis Seite 100 gelesen
    unemployment has risen \to almost 8 million die Arbeitslosigkeit ist auf fast 8 Millionen angestiegen
    count \to 20 zähle bis 20
    it's about fifty miles \to New York es sind [noch] etwa fünfzig Meilen bis New York
    14. (expressing change of state) zu + dat
    he converted \to Islam er ist zum Islam übergetreten
    his expression changed from amazement \to joy sein Ausdruck wechselte von Erstaunen zu Freude
    the change \to the metric system der Wechsel zum metrischen System
    her promotion \to department manager ihre Beförderung zur Abteilungsleiterin
    the meat was cooked \to perfection das Fleisch war bestens zubereitet
    he drank himself \to death er trank sich zu Tode
    she nursed me back \to health sie hat mich [wieder] gesund gepflegt
    smashed \to pieces in tausend Stücke geschlagen
    she was close \to tears sie war den Tränen nahe
    he was thrilled \to bits er freute sich wahnsinnig
    15. (to point in time) bis + dat
    the shop is open \to 8.00 p.m. der Laden hat bis 20 Uhr geöffnet
    we're in this \to the end wir führen dies bis zum Ende
    and \to this day... und bis auf den heutigen Tag...
    it's only two weeks \to your birthday! es sind nur noch zwei Wochen bis zu deinem Geburtstag!
    16. (including)
    ▪ from... \to... von... bis...
    from beginning \to end von Anfang bis Ende
    from morning \to night von morgens bis abends
    front \to back von vorne bis hinten, von allen Seiten
    I read the document front \to back ich habe das Dokument von vorne bis hinten gelesen
    he's done everything from snowboarding \to windsurfing er hat von Snowboarden bis Windsurfen alles [mal] gemacht
    from simple theft \to cold-blooded murder vom einfachen Diebstahl bis zum kaltblütigen Mord
    17. BRIT (in clock times) vor, bis SÜDD
    it's twenty \to six es ist zwanzig vor sechs
    18. (causing) zu + dat
    \to my relief/horror/astonishment zu meiner Erleichterung/meinem Entsetzen/meinem Erstaunen
    much \to her surprise zu ihrer großen Überraschung
    19. (according to) für + akk
    \to me, it sounds like she's ending the relationship für mich hört sich das an, als ob sie die Beziehung beenden wollte
    that outfit looks good \to me das Outfit gefällt mir gut
    if it's acceptable \to you wenn Sie einverstanden sind
    this would be \to your advantage das wäre zu deinem Vorteil, das wäre für dich von Vorteil
    does this make any sense \to you? findest du das auf irgendeine Weise einleuchtend?
    fifty pounds is nothing \to him fünfzig Pfund sind nichts für ihn
    what's it \to you? ( fam) was geht dich das an?
    20. (serving) für + akk
    he works as a personal trainer \to the rich and famous er arbeitet als Personal Trainer für die Reichen und Berühmten
    they are hat makers \to Her Majesty the Queen sie sind Hutmacher Ihrer Majestät, der Königin
    economic adviser \to the president Wirtschaftsberater des Präsidenten
    21. FILM (next to)
    she was Ophelia \to Olivier's Hamlet in der Verfilmung von Olivier spielte sie neben Hamlet die Ophelia
    22. (in honour of) auf + akk
    here's \to you! auf dein/Ihr Wohl!
    \to the cook! auf den Koch/die Köchin!
    the record is dedicated \to her mother die Schallplatte ist ihrer Mutter gewidmet
    I propose a toast \to the bride and groom ich bringe einen Toast auf die Braut und den Bräutigam aus
    a memorial \to all the soldiers who died in Vietnam ein Denkmal für alle im Vietnamkrieg gefallenen Soldaten
    23. (per)
    the car gets 25 miles \to the gallon das Auto verbraucht eine Gallone auf 25 Meilen
    three parts oil \to one part vinegar drei Teile Öl auf einen Teil Essig
    the odds are 2 \to 1 that you'll lose die Chancen stehen 2 zu 1, dass du verlierst
    she awoke \to the sound of screaming sie wurden durch laute Schreie wach
    I like exercising \to music ich trainiere gerne mit Musik
    I can't dance \to this sort of music ich kann zu dieser Art Musik nicht tanzen
    the band walked on stage \to rapturous applause die Band zog unter tosendem Applaus auf die Bühne
    25. (roughly) bis + dat
    thirty \to thirty-five people dreißig bis fünfunddreißig Leute
    26. MATH (defining exponent) hoch
    ten \to the power of three zehn hoch drei
    27.
    ▶ that's all there is \to it das ist schon alles
    ▶ there's not much [or nothing] \to it das ist nichts Besonderes, da ist nichts Besonderes dabei
    1. (expressing future intention) zu
    she agreed \to help sie erklärte sich bereit zu helfen
    I'll have \to tell him ich werde es ihm sagen müssen
    I don't expect \to be finished any later than seven ich denke, dass ich spätestens um sieben fertig sein werde
    he lived \to see his first grandchild er durfte erleben, dass sein erstes Enkelkind geboren wurde
    I have \to go on a business trip ich muss auf eine Geschäftsreise
    the company is \to pay over £500,000 die Firma muss über 500.000 Pfund bezahlen
    he's going \to write his memoirs er wird seine Memoiren schreiben
    I have some things \to be fixed ich habe einige Dinge zu reparieren
    Blair \to meet with Bush Blair trifft Bush
    to be about \to do sth gerade etw tun wollen, im Begriff sein, etw zu tun
    2. (forming requests) zu
    she was told \to have the report finished by Friday sie wurde gebeten, den Bericht bis Freitag fertigzustellen
    he told me \to wait er sagte mir, ich solle warten
    I asked her \to give me a call ich bat sie, mich anzurufen
    we asked her \to explain wir baten sie, es uns zu erklären
    you've not \to do that du sollst das nicht tun
    that man is not \to come here again der Mann darf dieses Haus nicht mehr betreten
    young man, you're \to go to your room right now junger Mann, du gehst jetzt auf dein Zimmer
    3. (expressing wish) zu
    I need \to eat something first ich muss zuerst etwas essen
    I'd love \to live in New York ich würde nur zu gern in New York leben
    would you like \to dance? möchten Sie tanzen?
    that child ought \to be in bed das Kind sollte [schon] im Bett sein
    I want \to go now ich möchte jetzt gehen
    I need \to go to the bathroom ich muss mal auf die Toilette
    do you want \to come with us? willst du [mit uns] mitkommen?
    I'd love \to go to France this summer ich würde diesen Sommer gern nach Frankreich fahren
    4. (omitting verb)
    are you going tonight? — I'm certainly hoping \to gehst du heute Abend? — das hoffe ich sehr
    would you like to go and see the Russian clowns? — yes, I'd love \to möchtest du gern die russischen Clowns sehen? — ja, sehr gern
    can you drive? — yes I'm able \to but I prefer not \to kannst du Auto fahren? — ja, das kann ich, aber ich fahre nicht gern
    5. after adj (to complete meaning)
    it's not likely \to happen es ist unwahrscheinlich, dass das geschieht, das wird wohl kaum geschehen
    I was afraid \to tell her ich hatte Angst, es ihr zu sagen
    he's able \to speak four languages er spricht vier Sprachen
    she's due \to have her baby sie bekommt bald ihr Baby
    I'm afraid \to fly ich habe Angst vorm Fliegen
    she's happy \to see you back sie ist froh, dass du wieder zurück bist
    I'm sorry \to hear that es tut mir leid, das zu hören
    easy \to use leicht zu bedienen
    languages are fun \to learn Sprachenlernen macht Spaß
    it is interesting \to know that es ist interessant, das zu wissen
    three months is too long \to wait drei Monate zu warten ist zu lang
    I'm too nervous \to talk right now ich bin zu nervös, um jetzt zu sprechen
    I'm going there \to see my sister ich gehe dort hin, um meine Schwester zu treffen
    she's gone \to pick Jean up sie ist Jean abholen gegangen
    my second attempt \to make flaky pastry mein zweiter Versuch, einen Blätterteig zu machen
    they have no reason \to lie sie haben keinerlei Grund zu lügen
    I have the chance \to buy a house cheaply ich habe die Gelegenheit, billig ein Haus zu kaufen
    something \to eat etwas zu essen
    the first person \to arrive die erste Person, die ankam [o eintraf]
    Armstrong was the first man \to walk on the moon Armstrong war der erste Mann, der den Mond betrat
    7. (expressing intent)
    we tried \to help wir versuchten zu helfen
    \to make this cake, you'll need... für diesen Kuchen braucht man...
    he managed \to escape es gelang ihm zu entkommen
    I don't know what \to do ich weiß nicht, was ich tun soll
    I don't know where \to begin ich weiß nicht, wo ich anfangen soll
    she was wondering whether \to ask David about it sie fragte sich, ob sie David deswegen fragen sollte
    can you tell me how \to get there? könne Sie mir sagen, wie ich dort hinkomme?
    9. (introducing clause)
    \to tell the truth [or \to be truthful] um die Wahrheit zu sagen
    \to be quite truthful with you, Dave, I never really liked the man ich muss dir ehrlich sagen, Dave, ich konnte diesen Mann noch nie leiden
    \to be honest um ehrlich zu sein
    10. (in consecutive acts) um zu
    he looked up \to greet his guests er blickte auf, um seine Gäste zu begrüßen
    she reached out \to take his hand sie griff nach seiner Hand
    they turned around \to find their car gone sie drehten sich um und bemerkten, dass ihr Auto verschwunden war
    III. ADVERB
    inv zu
    to push [or pull] the door \to die Tür zuschlagen
    to come \to zu sich dat kommen
    to set \to sich akk daranmachen fam
    they set \to with a will, determined to finish the job sie machten sich mit Nachdruck daran, entschlossen, die Arbeit zu Ende zu bringen
    * * *
    [tuː]
    1. PREPOSITION
    1) = in direction of, towards zu

    to go to the doctor( 's)/greengrocer's etc — zum Arzt/Gemüsehändler etc gehen

    to go to the opera/concert etc — in die Oper/ins Konzert etc gehen

    to go to France/London — nach Frankreich/London fahren

    to go to Switzerland —

    he came up to where I was standing —

    to turn a picture/one's face to the wall — ein Bild/sich mit dem Gesicht zur Wand drehen

    2) = as far as, until bis

    to count (up) to 20 —

    3) = in in (+dat)

    I have never been to Brussels/India — ich war noch nie in Brüssel/Indien

    4)

    = secure to he nailed it to the wall/floor etc — er nagelte es an die Wand/auf den Boden etc

    they tied him to the tree —

    5)

    with indirect object to give sth to sb — jdm etw geben

    a present from me to you —

    I said to myself... — ich habe mir gesagt...

    he was muttering/singing to himself — er murmelte/sang vor sich hin

    "To... " (on envelope etc) to pray to God — "An (+acc)..." zu Gott beten

    6) in toasts auf (+acc)
    7)

    = next to with position bumper to bumper — Stoßstange an Stoßstange

    close to sb/sth — nahe bei jdm/etw

    at right angles to the wall —

    to the west (of)/the left (of) — westlich/links (von)

    20 ( minutes) to 2 — 20 (Minuten) vor 2

    at (a) quarter to 2 — um Viertel vor 2

    it was five to when we arrived — es war fünf vor, als wir ankamen

    9) = in relation to zu

    A is to B as C is to D —

    they won by 4 goals to 2 — sie haben mit 4:2 (spoken: vier zu zwei) Toren gewonnen

    10) = per pro; (in recipes, when mixing) auf (+acc)
    11) MATH

    3 to the 4th, 3 to the power of 4 — 3 hoch 4

    12)

    = concerning what do you say to the idea? — was hältst du von der Idee?

    to repairing television £30 (Comm) — (für) Reparatur eines Fernsehers £ 30

    13)

    = according to to the best of my knowledge — nach bestem Wissen

    14)

    = accompanied by to sing to the guitar —

    to sing sth to the tune of... — etw nach der Melodie von... singen

    to dance to a tune/a band — zu einer Melodie/den Klängen or der Musik eines Orchesters tanzen

    15)

    = of ambassador to America/the King of France — Botschafter in Amerika/am Hofe des Königs von Frankreich

    16)

    = producing to everyone's surprise — zu jedermanns Überraschung

    17)

    infinitive to begin to do sth — anfangen, etw zu tun

    I want him to do it — ich will, dass er es tut

    18)

    conditional use of infinitive to see him now, one would never think... — wenn man ihn jetzt sieht, würde man nicht glauben,...

    19)

    infinitive expressing purpose, result to eat/work to live —

    I did it to help you — ich tat es, um dir zu helfen

    to get to the point,... — um zur Sache zu kommen,...

    well, not to exaggerate... — ohne zu übertreiben,...

    I arrived to find she had gone — als ich ankam, war sie weg

    20)

    omitting verb I don't want to — ich will nicht

    we didn't want to but we were forced to — wir wollten nicht, aber wir waren dazu gezwungen

    I intended to (do it), but I forgot (to) — ich wollte es tun, aber ich habe es vergessen

    buy it, it would be silly not to — kaufe es, es wäre dumm, es nicht zu tun

    he often does things one doesn't expect him to — er macht oft Dinge, die man nicht von ihm erwartet

    21)

    set structures __diams; noun/pronoun + to + infinitive he is not the sort to do that — er ist nicht der Typ, der das täte, er ist nicht der Typ dazu

    I have done nothing to deserve this — ich habe nichts getan, womit ich das verdient hätte

    who is he to order you around? — wer ist er denn, dass er dich so herumkommandiert?

    he was the first to arrive — er kam als Erster an, er war der Erste, der ankam

    who was the last to see her? —

    what is there to do here? —

    now is the time to do it — jetzt ist die (beste) Zeit, es zu tun

    you are foolish to try it — du bist dumm, das überhaupt zu versuchen

    is it good to eat? —

    he's too old to be still in short trousers — er ist schon so alt und trägt noch kurze Hosen

    2. ADJECTIVE
    door (= ajar) angelehnt; (= shut) zu
    3. ADVERB

    to and fro — hin und her; walk auf und ab

    * * *
    to
    A präp [tuː; tʊ; tə]
    2. (Richtung und Ziel, räumlich) zu, nach, an (akk), in (akk), auf (akk):
    go to London nach London fahren;
    from east to west von Osten nach Westen;
    throw sth to the ground etwas auf den oder zu Boden werfen
    3. in (dat):
    have you ever been to London?
    4. (Richtung, Ziel, Zweck) zu, auf (akk), an (akk), in (akk), für, gegen:
    play to a large audience vor einem großen Publikum spielen; → duty A 1 a, invite A 1, pray B 2, etc
    5. (Zugehörigkeit) zu, in (akk), für, auf (akk):
    a cap with a tassel to it eine Mütze mit einer Troddel (daran);
    a key to the case ein Schlüssel für den oder zum Koffer;
    a room to myself ein Zimmer für mich (allein); → assistant B 1, end C 7, moral B 1, secretary 1, etc
    6. (Übereinstimmung, Gemäßheit) nach, für, gemäß: → astonishment, etc
    7. (im Verhältnis oder Vergleich) zu, gegen, gegenüber, auf (akk), mit:
    the score is three to one (3-1) das Spiel oder es steht drei zu eins (3:1);
    two is to four as four is to eight zwei verhält sich zu vier wie vier zu acht
    8. (Ausmaß, Grenze, Grad) bis, (bis) zu, (bis) an (akk), auf (akk), in (dat):
    to the clouds bis an die Wolken;
    ten feet to the ground zehn Fuß bis zum Boden; → craziness
    9. (zeitliche Ausdehnung oder Grenze) bis, bis zu, bis gegen, auf (akk), vor (dat):
    from three to four von drei bis vier (Uhr);
    it’s ten to five es ist zehn vor fünf
    10. (Begleitung) zu, nach:
    sing to a guitar zu einer Gitarre singen;
    they danced to a tune sie tanzten nach einer Melodie; → dance A 1
    a) betont:
    he gave the book to me, not to you! er gab das Buch mir, nicht Ihnen!
    she was a good mother to him sie war ihm eine gute Mutter
    B partikel [tʊ; tə]
    to go gehen;
    easy to understand leicht zu verstehen;
    she was heard to cry man hörte sie weinen
    2. (Zweck, Absicht) um zu, zu:
    he only does it to earn money er tut es nur, um Geld zu verdienen
    I weep to think of it ich weine, wenn ich daran denke;
    he was the first to arrive er kam als Erster;
    to hear him talk wenn man ihn (so) reden hört; → honest A 1 b
    why blame you me to love you? obs oder poet was tadelst du mich, weil ich dich liebe?
    5. zur Andeutung eines aus dem Vorhergehenden zu ergänzenden Infinitivs:
    I don’t go because I don’t want to ich gehe nicht, weil ich nicht (gehen) will
    C adv [tuː]
    1. a) zu, geschlossen:
    pull the door to die Türe zuziehen
    b) angelehnt:
    2. (wieder) zu Bewusstsein oder zu sich: → bring to A 1, come to 1
    3. SCHIFF nahe am Wind:
    keep her to!
    a) hin und her,
    b) auf und ab
    * * *
    1.
    [before vowel tʊ, before consonant tə, stressed tuː] preposition

    go to work/to the theatre — zur Arbeit/ins Theater gehen

    to Paris/France — nach Paris/Frankreich

    3) (as far as) bis zu

    from London to Edinburgh — von London [bis] nach Edinburgh

    increase from 10 % to 20 % — von 10 % auf 20 % steigen

    4) (next to, facing)
    5) (implying comparison, ratio, etc.)

    [compared] to — verglichen mit; im Vergleich zu

    it's ten to one he does something — die Chancen stehen zehn zu eins, dass er etwas tut

    to somebody/something — jemandem/einer Sache (Dat.)

    lend/explain etc. something to somebody — jemandem etwas leihen/erklären usw.

    to me — (in my opinion) meiner Meinung nach

    7) (until) bis

    five [minutes] to eight — fünf [Minuten] vor acht

    8) with infinitive of a verb zu; expressing purpose, or after too um [...] zu

    do something to annoy somebody — etwas tun, um jemanden zu ärgern

    too young to marry — zu jung, um zu heiraten; zu jung zum Heiraten

    he would have phoned but forgot to — er hätte angerufen, aber er vergaß es

    she didn't want to go there, but she had to — sie wollte nicht hingehen, aber sie musste

    2.
    [tuː] adverb

    be to — [Tür, Fenster:] angelehnt sein

    2)

    English-german dictionary > to

  • 6 SO

    səu
    1. adverb
    1) ((used in several types of sentence to express degree) to this extent, or to such an extent: `The snake was about so long,' he said, holding his hands about a metre apart; Don't get so worried!; She was so pleased with his progress in school that she bought him a new bicycle; They couldn't all get into the room, there were so many of them; He departed without so much as (= without even) a goodbye; You've been so (= very) kind to me!; Thank you so much!) tan, tanto
    2) ((used to express manner) in this/that way: As you hope to be treated by others, so you must treat them; He likes everything to be (arranged) just so (= in one particular and precise way); It so happens that I have to go to an important meeting tonight.) así
    3) ((used in place of a word, phrase etc previously used, or something previously stated) as already indicated: `Are you really leaving your job?' `Yes, I've already told you / said so'; `Is she arriving tomorrow?' `Yes, I hope so'; If you haven't read the notice, please do so now; `Is that so (= true)?' `Yes, it's really so'; `Was your father angry?' `Yes, even more so than I was expecting - in fact, so much so that he refused to speak to me all day!) eso
    4) (in the same way; also: `I hope we'll meet again.' `So do I.'; She has a lot of money and so has her husband.) también
    5) ((used to express agreement or confirmation) indeed: `You said you were going shopping today.' `So I did, but I've changed my mind.'; `You'll need this book tomorrow, won't you?' `So I will.') así es, en efecto

    2. conjunction
    ((and) therefore: John had a bad cold, so I took him to the doctor; `So you think you'd like this job, then?' `Yes.'; And so they got married and lived happily ever after.) así que, por lo tanto, de manera que
    - so-so
    - and so on/forth
    - or so
    - so as to
    - so far
    - so good
    - so that
    - so to say/speak
    so1 adv
    1. tan
    2. así
    Look, that's Bill So it is mira, allí está Bill Así es
    3. que sí / que no
    4. también
    I went, and so did Pete yo fui, y Pete también
    so long! ¡hasta luego!
    so2 conj así que
    you broke it, so you have to pay for it lo has roto tú, así que tendrás que pagarlo
    so we're not going on holiday? ¿así que no nos vamos de vacaciones?
    so what? ¿y qué?

    Multiple Entries: SO     so
    so 1 m fam pey ¡so burro!, you great oaf!
    so 2 prep (bajo) under
    so pena de, under penalty of
    so pretexto/color de, under the guise of 'so' also found in these entries: Spanish: abalanzarse - abarcar - abotargada - abotargado - abur - acalorarse - agujetas - ahí - ahora - alma - amabilidad - amable - aquello - así - atonía - aun - avisar - bala - balbucear - bondad - cabezota - casualidad - celebrar - cerrarse - comecome - como - compensar - con - conque - cortante - creer - decir - decoración - deformación - dejarse - delito - denominada - denominado - desairar - disponer - dosificar - embalarse - embrutecerse - emoción - empañar - encoger - escacharrar - escrupulosa - escrupuloso - esperar English: afraid - allowance - aloud - and - anything - as - ask back - attain - awkward - be - believe - better - blunder - bored - bull - bumpy - busy - calculating - careless - change over - cheap - cheese off - clingy - come round - conceited - condescending - congenial - courteous - critical - damn - do - domineering - dreary - enunciate - even - far - fix - flag - forecast - forgetful - forth - forward - glaringly - gratifying - grieve - grouchy - grunt - gullible - gulp - happen
    so
    tr[səʊ]
    1 (therefore) así que, por lo tanto, de manera que
    ■ she was tired, so she went to bed estaba cansada, así que se fue a la cama
    2 (to express purpose) para, para que
    1 (introductory) así que, pues, bueno
    ■ so I made a mistake! what about it? ¡pues me he equivocado! ¿y qué?
    ■ so, what now? bueno, ¿ahora qué?
    ■ don't drive so fast no vayas tan rápido, no corras tanto
    3 (unspecified number or amount, limit) tanto,-a
    ■ it'll take a month or so tardará un mes más o menos, tardará un mes o así
    ■ why don't you say that you earn so much? ¿por qué no dices que ganas tanto?
    ■ so much noise/food tanto ruido/tanta comida
    ■ so many boys/girls tantos niños/tantas niñas
    4 (thus, in this way) así, de esta manera, de este modo
    ■ cut the fish, like so corta el pescado así
    ■ of all the stupid people I know, no-one is more so than you de todas las personas estúpidas que conozco, no hay ninguna como tú
    ■ I think/hope so creo/espero que sí
    ■ if so en este caso, de ser así
    6 (to express agreement, also) también
    ■ so am I/so do I/so can I/so have I yo también
    1 (factual, true) así
    \
    SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALL
    and so on (and so forth) y así sucesivamente, etcétera
    just so / exactly so perfecto, en orden
    so be it así sea
    so long! ¡hasta luego!, ¡hasta pronto!
    ■ so much for new technology! ¡vaya nueva tecnología!
    ■ so much for your advice! ¡vaya consejo que me diste!
    so there! ¡ea!, ¡para que sepas!
    so what? ¿y qué?
    so ['so:] adv
    do you think so?: ¿tú crees?
    so it would seem: eso parece
    I told her so: se lo dije
    he's ready, or so he says: según dice, está listo
    it so happened that...: resultó que...
    do it like so: hazlo así
    so be it: así sea
    2) also: también
    so do I: yo también
    3) thus: así, de esta manera
    4) : tan
    he'd never been so happy: nunca había estado tan contento
    5) consequently: por lo tanto
    so conj
    1) therefore: así que
    2) or so that : para que, así que, de manera que
    3)
    so what? : ¿y qué?
    so
    adv.
    • así adv.
    • por consiguiente adv.
    • por tanto adv.
    • tal adv.
    • también adv.
    • tan adv.
    • tanto adv.
    conj.
    • así que conj.
    interj.
    • îverdad... interj.

    I səʊ
    1)
    a) ( very) (before adj and adv) tan; (with verb) tanto
    b) ( as much as that) (before adj and adv) tan; (with verb) tanto

    why are you so stubborn? — ¿por qué eres tan terco?

    not so... as: we've never been so busy as we are now nunca hemos estado tan ocupados como ahora; it's not so much a hobby as an obsession — no es tanto un hobby como una obsesión

    2)
    a) (up to a certain point, limit)
    d)

    so... (that) — tan... que

    he was so rude (that) she slapped him — fue tan grosero, que le dio una bofetada

    he so hated the job, he left — odiaba tanto el trabajo, que lo dejó

    so... as to + inf: I'm not so stupid as to believe him no soy tan tonta como para creerle; would you be so kind as to explain this to me? — (frml) ¿tendría la gentileza de explicarme esto?

    4)
    a) (thus, in this way)

    the street was so named because... — se le puso ese nombre a la calle porque...

    if you feel so inclined — si tienes ganas, si te apetece (esp Esp)

    b) ( as stated) así

    that is so — (frml) así es

    not so — no es cierto, no es así

    if so, they're lying — si es así or de ser así, están mintiendo

    d)

    and so on o and so forth — etcétera

    5)
    a) (replacing clause, phrase, word)

    is he coming tomorrow? - it seems so — ¿viene mañana? - así or eso parece

    will he be pleased? - I expect so — ¿estará contento? - me imagino que sí

    I got a bit dirty - so I see — me ensucié un poco - sí, ya veo

    I told you so — ¿no te lo dije?

    is she interested? - very much so — ¿le interesa? - sí, y mucho

    b) ( contradicting) (used esp by children)
    6) (with v aux)
    a) (also, equally)
    b) ( indeed)
    7)

    so here we are again — bueno, aquí estamos otra vez

    so what's new with you? — y ¿qué hay or qué cuentas de nuevo?

    c) (querying, eliciting information)

    so now what do we do? — ¿y ahora qué hacemos?

    d) (summarizing, concluding) así que
    e) ( expressing surprised reaction) así que, conque

    so that's what he's after! — así que or conque eso es lo que quiere!

    but she's not a Catholic - so? — pero no es católica - ¿y qué (hay)?

    so what? — ¿y qué?


    II
    a)

    so (that): she said it slowly, so (that) we'd all understand lo dijo despacio, para que or de manera que todos entendiéramos; she said it slowly, so (that) we all understood lo dijo despacio, así que or de manera que todos entendimos; not so (as) you'd notice (colloq): has he cleaned in here? - not so as you'd notice — ¿ha limpiado aquí? - pues si ha limpiado, no lo parece

    b)

    so as to + inf — para + inf

    2) (therefore, consequently) así que, de manera que

    he wasn't at home, so I called again — no estaba en casa, así que or de manera que volví a llamar más tarde


    III
    noun ( Mus) sol m
    ABBR
    = standing order
    * * *

    I [səʊ]
    1)
    a) ( very) (before adj and adv) tan; (with verb) tanto
    b) ( as much as that) (before adj and adv) tan; (with verb) tanto

    why are you so stubborn? — ¿por qué eres tan terco?

    not so... as: we've never been so busy as we are now nunca hemos estado tan ocupados como ahora; it's not so much a hobby as an obsession — no es tanto un hobby como una obsesión

    2)
    a) (up to a certain point, limit)
    d)

    so... (that) — tan... que

    he was so rude (that) she slapped him — fue tan grosero, que le dio una bofetada

    he so hated the job, he left — odiaba tanto el trabajo, que lo dejó

    so... as to + inf: I'm not so stupid as to believe him no soy tan tonta como para creerle; would you be so kind as to explain this to me? — (frml) ¿tendría la gentileza de explicarme esto?

    4)
    a) (thus, in this way)

    the street was so named because... — se le puso ese nombre a la calle porque...

    if you feel so inclined — si tienes ganas, si te apetece (esp Esp)

    b) ( as stated) así

    that is so — (frml) así es

    not so — no es cierto, no es así

    if so, they're lying — si es así or de ser así, están mintiendo

    d)

    and so on o and so forth — etcétera

    5)
    a) (replacing clause, phrase, word)

    is he coming tomorrow? - it seems so — ¿viene mañana? - así or eso parece

    will he be pleased? - I expect so — ¿estará contento? - me imagino que sí

    I got a bit dirty - so I see — me ensucié un poco - sí, ya veo

    I told you so — ¿no te lo dije?

    is she interested? - very much so — ¿le interesa? - sí, y mucho

    b) ( contradicting) (used esp by children)
    6) (with v aux)
    a) (also, equally)
    b) ( indeed)
    7)

    so here we are again — bueno, aquí estamos otra vez

    so what's new with you? — y ¿qué hay or qué cuentas de nuevo?

    c) (querying, eliciting information)

    so now what do we do? — ¿y ahora qué hacemos?

    d) (summarizing, concluding) así que
    e) ( expressing surprised reaction) así que, conque

    so that's what he's after! — así que or conque eso es lo que quiere!

    but she's not a Catholic - so? — pero no es católica - ¿y qué (hay)?

    so what? — ¿y qué?


    II
    a)

    so (that): she said it slowly, so (that) we'd all understand lo dijo despacio, para que or de manera que todos entendiéramos; she said it slowly, so (that) we all understood lo dijo despacio, así que or de manera que todos entendimos; not so (as) you'd notice (colloq): has he cleaned in here? - not so as you'd notice — ¿ha limpiado aquí? - pues si ha limpiado, no lo parece

    b)

    so as to + inf — para + inf

    2) (therefore, consequently) así que, de manera que

    he wasn't at home, so I called again — no estaba en casa, así que or de manera que volví a llamar más tarde


    III
    noun ( Mus) sol m

    English-spanish dictionary > SO

  • 7 so

    səu
    1. adverb
    1) ((used in several types of sentence to express degree) to this extent, or to such an extent: `The snake was about so long,' he said, holding his hands about a metre apart; Don't get so worried!; She was so pleased with his progress in school that she bought him a new bicycle; They couldn't all get into the room, there were so many of them; He departed without so much as (= without even) a goodbye; You've been so (= very) kind to me!; Thank you so much!) tan, tanto
    2) ((used to express manner) in this/that way: As you hope to be treated by others, so you must treat them; He likes everything to be (arranged) just so (= in one particular and precise way); It so happens that I have to go to an important meeting tonight.) así
    3) ((used in place of a word, phrase etc previously used, or something previously stated) as already indicated: `Are you really leaving your job?' `Yes, I've already told you / said so'; `Is she arriving tomorrow?' `Yes, I hope so'; If you haven't read the notice, please do so now; `Is that so (= true)?' `Yes, it's really so'; `Was your father angry?' `Yes, even more so than I was expecting - in fact, so much so that he refused to speak to me all day!) eso
    4) (in the same way; also: `I hope we'll meet again.' `So do I.'; She has a lot of money and so has her husband.) también
    5) ((used to express agreement or confirmation) indeed: `You said you were going shopping today.' `So I did, but I've changed my mind.'; `You'll need this book tomorrow, won't you?' `So I will.') así es, en efecto

    2. conjunction
    ((and) therefore: John had a bad cold, so I took him to the doctor; `So you think you'd like this job, then?' `Yes.'; And so they got married and lived happily ever after.) así que, por lo tanto, de manera que
    - so-so
    - and so on/forth
    - or so
    - so as to
    - so far
    - so good
    - so that
    - so to say/speak
    so1 adv
    1. tan
    2. así
    Look, that's Bill So it is mira, allí está Bill Así es
    3. que sí / que no
    4. también
    I went, and so did Pete yo fui, y Pete también
    so long! ¡hasta luego!
    so2 conj así que
    you broke it, so you have to pay for it lo has roto tú, así que tendrás que pagarlo
    so we're not going on holiday? ¿así que no nos vamos de vacaciones?
    so what? ¿y qué?

    Multiple Entries: SO     so
    so 1 m fam pey ¡so burro!, you great oaf!
    so 2 prep (bajo) under
    so pena de, under penalty of
    so pretexto/color de, under the guise of 'so' also found in these entries: Spanish: abalanzarse - abarcar - abotargada - abotargado - abur - acalorarse - agujetas - ahí - ahora - alma - amabilidad - amable - aquello - así - atonía - aun - avisar - bala - balbucear - bondad - cabezota - casualidad - celebrar - cerrarse - comecome - como - compensar - con - conque - cortante - creer - decir - decoración - deformación - dejarse - delito - denominada - denominado - desairar - disponer - dosificar - embalarse - embrutecerse - emoción - empañar - encoger - escacharrar - escrupulosa - escrupuloso - esperar English: afraid - allowance - aloud - and - anything - as - ask back - attain - awkward - be - believe - better - blunder - bored - bull - bumpy - busy - calculating - careless - change over - cheap - cheese off - clingy - come round - conceited - condescending - congenial - courteous - critical - damn - do - domineering - dreary - enunciate - even - far - fix - flag - forecast - forgetful - forth - forward - glaringly - gratifying - grieve - grouchy - grunt - gullible - gulp - happen
    so
    tr[səʊ]
    1 (therefore) así que, por lo tanto, de manera que
    ■ she was tired, so she went to bed estaba cansada, así que se fue a la cama
    2 (to express purpose) para, para que
    1 (introductory) así que, pues, bueno
    ■ so I made a mistake! what about it? ¡pues me he equivocado! ¿y qué?
    ■ so, what now? bueno, ¿ahora qué?
    ■ don't drive so fast no vayas tan rápido, no corras tanto
    3 (unspecified number or amount, limit) tanto,-a
    ■ it'll take a month or so tardará un mes más o menos, tardará un mes o así
    ■ why don't you say that you earn so much? ¿por qué no dices que ganas tanto?
    ■ so much noise/food tanto ruido/tanta comida
    ■ so many boys/girls tantos niños/tantas niñas
    4 (thus, in this way) así, de esta manera, de este modo
    ■ cut the fish, like so corta el pescado así
    ■ of all the stupid people I know, no-one is more so than you de todas las personas estúpidas que conozco, no hay ninguna como tú
    ■ I think/hope so creo/espero que sí
    ■ if so en este caso, de ser así
    6 (to express agreement, also) también
    ■ so am I/so do I/so can I/so have I yo también
    1 (factual, true) así
    \
    SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALL
    and so on (and so forth) y así sucesivamente, etcétera
    just so / exactly so perfecto, en orden
    so be it así sea
    so long! ¡hasta luego!, ¡hasta pronto!
    ■ so much for new technology! ¡vaya nueva tecnología!
    ■ so much for your advice! ¡vaya consejo que me diste!
    so there! ¡ea!, ¡para que sepas!
    so what? ¿y qué?
    so ['so:] adv
    do you think so?: ¿tú crees?
    so it would seem: eso parece
    I told her so: se lo dije
    he's ready, or so he says: según dice, está listo
    it so happened that...: resultó que...
    do it like so: hazlo así
    so be it: así sea
    2) also: también
    so do I: yo también
    3) thus: así, de esta manera
    4) : tan
    he'd never been so happy: nunca había estado tan contento
    5) consequently: por lo tanto
    so conj
    1) therefore: así que
    2) or so that : para que, así que, de manera que
    3)
    so what? : ¿y qué?
    so
    adv.
    • así adv.
    • por consiguiente adv.
    • por tanto adv.
    • tal adv.
    • también adv.
    • tan adv.
    • tanto adv.
    conj.
    • así que conj.
    interj.
    • îverdad... interj.

    I səʊ
    1)
    a) ( very) (before adj and adv) tan; (with verb) tanto
    b) ( as much as that) (before adj and adv) tan; (with verb) tanto

    why are you so stubborn? — ¿por qué eres tan terco?

    not so... as: we've never been so busy as we are now nunca hemos estado tan ocupados como ahora; it's not so much a hobby as an obsession — no es tanto un hobby como una obsesión

    2)
    a) (up to a certain point, limit)
    d)

    so... (that) — tan... que

    he was so rude (that) she slapped him — fue tan grosero, que le dio una bofetada

    he so hated the job, he left — odiaba tanto el trabajo, que lo dejó

    so... as to + inf: I'm not so stupid as to believe him no soy tan tonta como para creerle; would you be so kind as to explain this to me? — (frml) ¿tendría la gentileza de explicarme esto?

    4)
    a) (thus, in this way)

    the street was so named because... — se le puso ese nombre a la calle porque...

    if you feel so inclined — si tienes ganas, si te apetece (esp Esp)

    b) ( as stated) así

    that is so — (frml) así es

    not so — no es cierto, no es así

    if so, they're lying — si es así or de ser así, están mintiendo

    d)

    and so on o and so forth — etcétera

    5)
    a) (replacing clause, phrase, word)

    is he coming tomorrow? - it seems so — ¿viene mañana? - así or eso parece

    will he be pleased? - I expect so — ¿estará contento? - me imagino que sí

    I got a bit dirty - so I see — me ensucié un poco - sí, ya veo

    I told you so — ¿no te lo dije?

    is she interested? - very much so — ¿le interesa? - sí, y mucho

    b) ( contradicting) (used esp by children)
    6) (with v aux)
    a) (also, equally)
    b) ( indeed)
    7)

    so here we are again — bueno, aquí estamos otra vez

    so what's new with you? — y ¿qué hay or qué cuentas de nuevo?

    c) (querying, eliciting information)

    so now what do we do? — ¿y ahora qué hacemos?

    d) (summarizing, concluding) así que
    e) ( expressing surprised reaction) así que, conque

    so that's what he's after! — así que or conque eso es lo que quiere!

    but she's not a Catholic - so? — pero no es católica - ¿y qué (hay)?

    so what? — ¿y qué?


    II
    a)

    so (that): she said it slowly, so (that) we'd all understand lo dijo despacio, para que or de manera que todos entendiéramos; she said it slowly, so (that) we all understood lo dijo despacio, así que or de manera que todos entendimos; not so (as) you'd notice (colloq): has he cleaned in here? - not so as you'd notice — ¿ha limpiado aquí? - pues si ha limpiado, no lo parece

    b)

    so as to + inf — para + inf

    2) (therefore, consequently) así que, de manera que

    he wasn't at home, so I called again — no estaba en casa, así que or de manera que volví a llamar más tarde


    III
    noun ( Mus) sol m

    I [sǝʊ]
    1. ADV
    1) (=to such an extent)
    a) (with adj/adv) tan

    it is so big that... — es tan grande que...

    I wish you weren't so clumsy — ¡ojalá no fueras tan patoso!

    it was so heavy! — ¡pesaba tanto!

    "how's your father?" - "not so good" — -¿cómo está tu padre? -no muy bien

    • it's about so high/long — es más o menos así de alto/largo

    • she's not so clever as him — no es tan lista como él

    he's not so silly as to do that — no es bastante tonto para hacer eso, no es tan tonto como para hacer eso

    • so many — tantos/as

    • so much — tanto/a

    thank you so much — muchísimas gracias, muy agradecido

    • it's not so very difficult — no es tan difícil

    kind, sure etc
    b) (with vb) tanto

    he who so loved Spain — liter él que amó tanto a España

    2) (=thus, in this way, likewise) así, de esta manera, de este modo

    so it was that... — así fue que..., de esta manera or de este modo fue como...

    we so arranged things that... — lo arreglamos de modo que...

    so it is!, so it does! — ¡es verdad!, ¡es cierto!, ¡correcto!

    is that so? — ¿de veras?

    isn't that so? — ¿no es así?

    • so be it — así sea

    • and he did so — y lo hizo

    • do so then! — ¡hazlo, pues!

    • by so doing — haciéndolo así

    • I expect so — supongo que sí, a lo mejor

    • so far — hasta aquí or ahora

    • and so forth — y así sucesivamente, etcétera

    • it so happens that... — resulta que..., el caso es que...

    • I hope so — eso espero yo, espero que sí

    • how so? — ¿cómo es eso?

    • if so — en este caso, en cuyo caso

    • just so! — ¡eso!, ¡eso es!

    • you do it like so * — se hace así, se hace de esta manera

    • only more so — pero en mayor grado

    • so much so that... — hasta tal punto or grado que..., tanto es así que...

    • not so! — ¡nada de eso!

    • and so on — y así sucesivamente, etcétera

    • so saying he walked away — dicho eso, se marchó

    • so he says — eso dice él

    • so to speak — por decirlo así

    • I think so — creo que sí

    I thought so — me lo figuraba or suponía

    • I told you so — ya te lo dije

    • why so? — ¿por qué?, ¿cómo?

    3) (=also)

    • he's wrong and so are you — se equivocan tanto usted como él

    • so do I — (y) yo también

    "I work a lot" - "so do I" — -trabajo mucho -(y) yo también

    "I love horses" - "so do I" — -me encantan los caballos -a mí también

    • "I've been waiting for ages!" - "so have we" — -¡llevo esperando un siglo! -(y) nosotros también

    • so would I — yo también

    • so long! * — ¡adiós!, ¡hasta luego!

    • so much the better/worse — tanto mejor/peor

    so much for her promises! — ¡eso valen sus promesas!

    • ten or so — unos diez, diez más o menos

    ten or so people — unas diez personas, diez personas o así or más o menos

    at five o'clock or so — a las cinco o así or o por ahí or más o menos

    2. CONJ

    • so as to do sth — para hacer algo, a fin de hacer algo

    • so that — para que + subjun, a fin de que + subjun

    2) (expressing result) así que, de manera que

    he hadn't studied, so he found the exam difficult — no había estudiado, así que or de manera que el examen le resultó difícil

    • it rained and so we could not go out — llovió, así que no pudimos salir, llovió y no pudimos salir

    • so that — de modo que, de manera que

    he stood so that he faced west — se puso de tal modo que or de manera que miraba al oeste, se puso mirando al oeste

    3) (=therefore) así que

    the shop was closed, so I went home — la tienda estaba cerrada, así que me fui a casa

    so you see... — por lo cual, entenderás...

    4) (in questions, exclamations) entonces, así que

    so you're Spanish? — entonces or así que ¿eres español?

    so? * — ¿y?, ¿y qué?

    • so that's the reason! — ¡por eso es!

    • so there you are! — ¡ahí estás!

    • so what? * — ¿y?, ¿y qué?; see there 1., 6)


    II
    [sǝʊ]
    N (Mus) = soh
    * * *

    I [səʊ]
    1)
    a) ( very) (before adj and adv) tan; (with verb) tanto
    b) ( as much as that) (before adj and adv) tan; (with verb) tanto

    why are you so stubborn? — ¿por qué eres tan terco?

    not so... as: we've never been so busy as we are now nunca hemos estado tan ocupados como ahora; it's not so much a hobby as an obsession — no es tanto un hobby como una obsesión

    2)
    a) (up to a certain point, limit)
    d)

    so... (that) — tan... que

    he was so rude (that) she slapped him — fue tan grosero, que le dio una bofetada

    he so hated the job, he left — odiaba tanto el trabajo, que lo dejó

    so... as to + inf: I'm not so stupid as to believe him no soy tan tonta como para creerle; would you be so kind as to explain this to me? — (frml) ¿tendría la gentileza de explicarme esto?

    4)
    a) (thus, in this way)

    the street was so named because... — se le puso ese nombre a la calle porque...

    if you feel so inclined — si tienes ganas, si te apetece (esp Esp)

    b) ( as stated) así

    that is so — (frml) así es

    not so — no es cierto, no es así

    if so, they're lying — si es así or de ser así, están mintiendo

    d)

    and so on o and so forth — etcétera

    5)
    a) (replacing clause, phrase, word)

    is he coming tomorrow? - it seems so — ¿viene mañana? - así or eso parece

    will he be pleased? - I expect so — ¿estará contento? - me imagino que sí

    I got a bit dirty - so I see — me ensucié un poco - sí, ya veo

    I told you so — ¿no te lo dije?

    is she interested? - very much so — ¿le interesa? - sí, y mucho

    b) ( contradicting) (used esp by children)
    6) (with v aux)
    a) (also, equally)
    b) ( indeed)
    7)

    so here we are again — bueno, aquí estamos otra vez

    so what's new with you? — y ¿qué hay or qué cuentas de nuevo?

    c) (querying, eliciting information)

    so now what do we do? — ¿y ahora qué hacemos?

    d) (summarizing, concluding) así que
    e) ( expressing surprised reaction) así que, conque

    so that's what he's after! — así que or conque eso es lo que quiere!

    but she's not a Catholic - so? — pero no es católica - ¿y qué (hay)?

    so what? — ¿y qué?


    II
    a)

    so (that): she said it slowly, so (that) we'd all understand lo dijo despacio, para que or de manera que todos entendiéramos; she said it slowly, so (that) we all understood lo dijo despacio, así que or de manera que todos entendimos; not so (as) you'd notice (colloq): has he cleaned in here? - not so as you'd notice — ¿ha limpiado aquí? - pues si ha limpiado, no lo parece

    b)

    so as to + inf — para + inf

    2) (therefore, consequently) así que, de manera que

    he wasn't at home, so I called again — no estaba en casa, así que or de manera que volví a llamar más tarde


    III
    noun ( Mus) sol m

    English-spanish dictionary > so

  • 8 that

    1. adjective,
    pl. those
    1) dieser/diese/dieses
    2) (expr. strong feeling) der/die/das

    never will I forget that day — den Tag werde ich nie vergessen

    3) (coupled or contrasted with ‘this’) der/die/das [da]
    2. pronoun,
    pl. those
    1) der/die/das

    who is that in the garden? — wer ist das [da] im Garten?

    what bird is that? — was für ein Vogel ist das?

    and [all] that — und so weiter

    like that — (of the kind or in the way mentioned, of that character) so

    [just] like that — (without effort, thought) einfach so

    don't talk like that — hör auf, so zu reden

    he is like that — so ist er eben

    that is [to say] — (introducing explanation) das heißt; (introducing reservation) das heißt; genauer gesagt

    if they'd have me, that is — das heißt, wenn sie mich nehmen

    that's more like it — (of suggestion, news) das hört sich schon besser an; (of action, work) das sieht schon besser aus

    that's right! — (expr. approval) gut od. recht so; (iron.) nur so weiter!; (coll.): (expr. assent) jawohl

    that's a good etc. boy/girl — das ist lieb [von dir, mein Junge/Mädchen]; (with request) sei so lieb usw.

    somebody/something is not as... as all that — (coll.) so... ist jemand/etwas nun auch wieder nicht

    [so] that's that — (it's finished) so, das wär's; (it's settled) so ist es nun mal

    you are not going to the party, and that's that! — du gehst nicht zu der Party, und damit Schluss!

    2) (Brit.): (person spoken to)

    who is that? — wer ist da?; (behind wall etc.) wer ist denn da?; (on telephone) wer ist am Apparat?

    3. relative pronoun, pl. same
    der/die/das

    the people that you got it from — die Leute, von denen du es bekommen hast

    the box that you put the apples in — die Kiste, in die du die Äpfel getan hast

    is he the man that you saw last night? — ist das der Mann, den Sie gestern Abend gesehen haben?

    everyone that I know — jeder, den ich kenne

    this is all [the money] that I have — das ist alles [Geld], was ich habe

    4. adverb
    (coll.) so

    he may be daft, but he's not [all] that daft — er mag ja blöd sein, aber so blöd [ist er] auch wieder nicht

    5. relative adverb
    der/die/das

    at the speed that he was going — bei der Geschwindigkeit, die er hatte

    the day that I first met her — der Tag, an dem ich sie zum ersten Mal sah

    6. conjunction
    1) (introducing statement; expr. result, reason or cause) dass
    2) (expr. purpose)

    [in order] that — damit

    * * *
    1. [ðæt] plural - those; adjective
    (used to indicate a person, thing etc spoken of before, not close to the speaker, already known to the speaker and listener etc: Don't take this book - take that one; At that time, I was living in Italy; When are you going to return those books?) jene/-r/-s
    2. pronoun
    (used to indicate a thing etc, or (in plural or with the verb be) person or people, spoken of before, not close to the speaker, already known to the speaker and listener etc: What is that you've got in your hand?; Who is that?; That is the Prime Minister; Those present at the concert included the composer and his wife.) der/die/das
    3. [ðət, ðæt] relative pronoun
    (used to refer to a person, thing etc mentioned in a preceding clause in order to distinguish it from others: Where is the parcel that arrived this morning?; Who is the man( that) you were talking to?) der/die/das
    4. [ðət, ðæt] conjunction
    1) ((often omitted) used to report what has been said etc or to introduce other clauses giving facts, reasons, results etc: I know (that) you didn't do it; I was surprised( that) he had gone.) daß
    2) (used to introduce expressions of sorrow, wishes etc: That I should be accused of murder!; Oh, that I were with her now!) daß(doch)
    5. adverb
    (so; to such an extent: I didn't realize she was that ill.) so
    - academic.ru/117188/like_that">like that
    - that's that
    * * *
    [ðæt,ðət]
    1. (person, thing specified) der/die/das
    put \that box down before you drop it stell die Kiste ab, bevor du sie [womöglich] noch fallen lässt
    who is \that girl? wer ist das Mädchen?
    what was \that noise? was war das für ein Geräusch?
    \that old liar! dieser alte Lügner!
    \that... of hers/theirs ihr(e)...
    I've never liked \that uncle of hers ich habe ihren Onkel noch nie gemocht
    \that... of mine/his mein(e)/dein(e)...
    2. (person, thing farther away) der/die/das [... dort [o da]], jene(r, s) geh
    do you know \that girl [over there] kennst du das Mädchen [dort]
    give me \that book, not this one gib mir das Buch [da], nicht dieses
    1. dem (person, thing, action specified) das
    \that's not right — three times five is fifteen das stimmt nicht — drei mal fünf ist fünfzehn
    they all think \that das denken alle
    \that's more like it! das ist doch schon gleich viel besser!
    \that's a good idea das ist eine gute Idee
    \that's a pity das ist aber schade
    \that's terrible das ist ja furchtbar
    \that will do, \that's enough das reicht
    what's \that you said? was hast du gesagt?
    who's \that? is \that the girl you're looking for? wer ist das? ist das das Mädchen, das du suchst?
    who's \that on the phone? wer spricht da?
    hello, is \that Ben? hallo, bist du das, Ben?
    is \that you making all the noise, John? bist du das, der so einen Lärm macht, John?
    it's just a gimmick — \that said, I'd love to do it das ist nur ein Trick — dennoch würde ich es gerne machen
    take \that! (when hitting sb) [das ist] für dich!
    \that's why deshalb
    2. dem (person, thing farther away) das [da [o dort]]
    I don't want this, give me \that dies hier will ich nicht, gib mir das [da]
    \that's his wife over there das da [o dort] drüben ist seine Frau
    3. dem (indicating time) das
    ah, 1985, \that was a good year ah, 1985, das war ein gutes Jahr
    \that was yesterday \that we talked on the phone, not last week wir haben gestern, nicht letzte Woche telefoniert
    4. dem, after prep
    after/before \that danach/davor
    by \that damit
    what do you mean by \that? was soll das heißen?
    like \that (in such a way) so; (of such a kind) derartig; ( fam: effortlessly) einfach so
    if you hold it like \that, it will break wenn du das so hältst, geht es kaputt
    we need more people like \that wir brauchen mehr solche Leute
    don't talk like \that sprich nicht so
    he can't just leave like \that er kann nicht einfach so verschwinden
    over/under \that darüber/darunter
    with \that damit
    [and] with \that he hung up [und] damit legte er auf
    “I still think you're wrong” he said and with \that he drove off „ich denke immer noch, dass du Unrecht hast“ sagte er und fuhr davon
    5. dem ( form: the one) der/die/das
    his appearance was \that of an undergrown man er sah aus, als ob er zu klein gewachsen wäre
    his handwriting is \that of a child seine Handschrift ist die eines Kindes
    we are often afraid of \that which we cannot understand wir fürchten uns oft vor dem, was wir nicht verstehen
    are you relieved? — [oh yes,]I am \that bist du erleichtert? — das kannst du [aber] laut sagen fam
    well, \that's it, we've finished o.k., das war's [o wär's], wir sind fertig
    \that's it! I'm not putting up with any more of her rudeness jetzt reicht's! ich lasse mir ihre Unverschämtheiten nicht mehr gefallen
    she left the room and \that was \that, I never saw her again sie verließ den Raum und das war's, ich habe sie nie wiedergesehen
    I won't agree to it and \that's \that ich stimme dem nicht zu, und damit Schluss
    \that'll [or \that should] do, \that should be enough das wird reichen
    no thanks, \that'll do [or \that's everything] nein danke, das ist alles
    8. rel (which, who) der/die/das
    \that's the car [\that] John wants to buy das ist das Auto, das John kaufen möchte
    I can't find the books [\that] I got from the library ich finde die Bücher nicht, die ich mir aus der Bibliothek ausgeliehen habe
    the baby smiles at anyone \that smiles at her das Baby lächelt alle an, die es anlächeln
    simpleton \that he is... als Einfaltspinsel, der er ist,...
    9. rel (when) als
    the year \that Anna was born das Jahr, in dem Anna geboren wurde
    10.
    ▶ and [all] \that ( fam) und so weiter
    ▶ at \that noch dazu
    she was a thief and a clever one at \that sie war eine Diebin, und eine kluge noch dazu
    ▶ \that is [to say] das heißt
    the hotel is closed during low seasons, \that is from October to March das Hotel ist in der Nebensaison, sprich von Oktober bis März, geschlossen
    ▶ this and \that dies und das
    ▶ \that was ( form)
    General Dunstaple married Miss Hughes \that was General Dunstaple heiratete die frühere Miss Hughes
    1. (as subject/object) dass
    \that such a thing could happen gave me new hope dass so etwas passieren konnte gab mir neue Hoffnung
    I knew [\that] he'd never get here on time ich wusste, dass er niemals rechtzeitig hier sein würde
    the fact is [\that] we... Fakt ist, dass wir...
    2. after adj, vb (as a result)
    it was so dark [\that] I couldn't see anything es war so dunkel, dass ich nichts sehen konnte
    so [or in order] \that damit
    let's go over the rules again in order \that... gehen wir die Regeln nochmal[s] durch, damit...
    4. after adj (in apposition to ‘it’)
    it's possible [\that] there'll be a vacancy es ist möglich, dass eine Stelle frei wird
    is it true [\that] she's gone back to teaching? stimmt es, dass sie wieder als Lehrerin arbeitet?
    considering [\that]... wenn man bedenkt, dass...
    given \that... vorausgesetzt, dass...
    supposing [\that]... angenommen, dass...
    6. (as a reason) weil, da [ja]
    it's rather \that I'm not well today es ist eher deshalb, weil ich mich heute nicht wohl fühle
    I'd like to go, it's just \that I don't have any time ich würde ja gern hingehen, ich hab' bloß [einfach] keine Zeit fam
    now \that we've bought a house... jetzt, wo wir ein Haus gekauft haben..
    we can't increase our production quantities in \that the machines are presently working to full capacity wir können die Produktion nicht hochfahren, da [nämlich] die Maschinen derzeit voll ausgelastet sind
    not \that it's actually my business, but... nicht, dass es mich etwas anginge, aber...
    except [\that] außer, dass
    his plan sounds perfect except [\that] I don't want to be involved in such a scheme sein Plan hört sich großartig an, nur will ich mit so einem Vorhaben nichts zu tun haben
    to the extent \that (so much that) dermaßen... dass; (insofar as) insofern als
    the situation has worsened to the extend \that we are calling in an independent expert die Situation hat sich dermaßen verschlimmert, dass wir einen unabhängigen Fachmann hinzuziehen
    apes are like people to the extent \that they have some human characteristics Affen sind wie Menschen, insofern als sie gewisse menschliche Eigenschaften haben
    oh \that I were young again! wäre ich doch nochmal jung!
    oh \that they would listen! wenn sie [doch] nur zuhören würden!
    IV. ADVERB
    inv so
    she's too young to walk \that far sie ist zu jung, um so weit laufen zu können
    it wasn't [all] \that good so gut war es [nun] auch wieder nicht
    his words hurt me \that much I cried seine Worte haben mich so verletzt, dass ich weinte
    * * *
    I [ðt] (weak form) [ðət]
    1. dem pron pl those
    1) das

    that is Joe ( over there) —

    who is that speaking? — wer spricht (denn) da?; (on phone)

    if she's as unhappy/stupid etc as (all) that — wenn sie so or derart unglücklich/dumm etc ist

    I didn't think she'd get/be as angry as that — ich hätte nicht gedacht, dass sie sich so ärgern würde

    ... and all that —... und so (inf)

    like that — so

    with luck/talent like that... — bei solchem or so einem (inf) Glück/Talent...

    that's got that/him out of the way — so, das wäre geschafft/den wären wir los

    that's what I'm here for — dafür bin ich ja hier, das ist meine Aufgabe

    oh well, that's that —

    there, that's that — so, das wärs

    you can't go and that's that — du darfst nicht gehen, und damit hat sichs or und damit basta (inf)

    well, that's that then — das wärs dann also

    will he come? – that he will (dial) — kommt er? – (der?) bestimmt

    2)

    (after prep) after/before/below/over that — danach/davor/darunter/darüber

    and... at that — und dabei...

    you can get it in any supermarket and quite cheaply at that — man kann es in jedem Supermarkt, und zwar ganz billig, bekommen

    what do you mean by that? (not understanding) — was wollen Sie damit sagen?; (amazed, annoyed) was soll (denn) das heißen?

    if things have or if it has come to that —

    with that she got up and left/burst into tears — damit stand sie auf und ging/brach sie in Tränen aus

    See:
    → leave
    3) (opposed to "this" and "these") das (da), jenes (old, geh)

    that's the one I like, not this one — das (dort) mag ich, nicht dies (hier)

    4)

    (followed by rel pron) this theory is different from that which... — diese Theorie unterscheidet sich von derjenigen, die...

    that which we call... — das, was wir... nennen

    2. dem adj pl those
    1) der/die/das, jene(r, s)

    that child/dog! — dieses Kind/dieser Hund!

    2) (in opposition to this) der/die/das

    I'd like that one, not this one — ich möchte das da, nicht dies hier

    3)

    (with poss) that dog of yours! — Ihr Hund, dieser Hund von Ihnen

    what about that plan of yours now? — wie steht es denn jetzt mit Ihrem Plan?, was ist denn nun mit Ihrem Plan?

    3. dem adv (inf)
    so

    it's not that good/cold etc —

    it's not that good a film — SO ein guter Film ist es nun auch wieder nicht

    II
    rel pron
    1) der/die/das, die

    all/nothing/everything etc that... — alles/nichts/alles etc, was...

    the best/cheapest etc that... — das Beste/Billigste etc, das or was...

    the girl that I told you about — das Mädchen, von dem ich Ihnen erzählt habe

    no-one has come that I know of — meines Wissens or soviel ich weiß, ist niemand gekommen

    2)

    (with expressions of time) the minute that he came the phone rang — genau in dem Augenblick, als er kam, klingelte das Telefon

    the day that we spent on the beach was one of the hottest — der Tag, den wir am Strand verbrachten, war einer der heißesten

    the day that... — an dem Tag, als...

    III
    conj
    1) dass

    he said that it was wrong — er sagte, es sei or wäre (inf) falsch, er sagte, dass es falsch sei or wäre

    not that I want to do it — nicht (etwa), dass ich das tun wollte

    See:
    → so
    2)

    (in exclamations) that things or it should come to this! —

    3) (obs, liter: in order that) auf dass (old)
    * * *
    that1 [ðæt]
    A pron & adj (hinweisend) pl those [ðəʊz]
    1. (ohne pl) das:
    that is true das stimmt;
    that’s all das ist alles;
    that’s it!
    a) so ists recht!,
    b) das ist es ja (gerade)!;
    that’s what it is das ist es ja gerade;
    that’s that umg das wäre erledigt, damit basta;
    well, that was that! umg aus der Traum!;
    that is (to say) das heißt;
    and that und zwar;
    a) trotzdem,
    b) zudem, (noch) obendrein;
    for all that trotz alledem;
    that’s what he told me so hat er es mir erzählt;
    that’s a good boy sei schön brav!; → leave1 A 2
    2. (besonders von weiter entfernten Personen etc sowie zur Betonung und pej) jener, jene, jenes:
    this cake is much better than that (one) dieser Kuchen ist viel besser als jener;
    that car over there das Auto da drüben;
    look at that hat schau dir mal diesen komischen Hut an!;
    those who diejenigen, welche;
    that which das, was;
    those were his words das waren seine Worte
    3. solch(er, e, es):
    to that degree that … in solchem Ausmaße oder so sehr, dass …
    B adv umg so (sehr), dermaßen:
    that far so weit;
    that furious so oder dermaßen wütend;
    not all that good so gut auch wieder nicht;
    he can’t be that ill so krank kann er gar nicht sein;
    that much so viel;
    it’s that simple so einfach ist das
    that2 [ðət; ðæt] pl that rel pr
    1. ( in einschränkenden Sätzen; eine präp darf nie davor stehen) der, die, das, welch(er, e, es):
    the book that he wanted das Buch, das er wünschte;
    the man that I spoke of der Mann, von dem ich sprach;
    the day that I met her der Tag, an dem ich sie traf;
    any house that jedes Haus, das;
    no one that keiner, der;
    Mrs Jones, Miss Black that was umg Frau Jones, geborene Black;
    Mrs Quilp that is umg die jetzige Frau Quilp
    2. ( nach all, everything, nothing etc) was:
    all that alles, was;
    the best that das Beste, was
    that3 [ðət; ðæt] konj
    it is a pity that he is not here es ist schade, dass er nicht hier ist;
    it is 5 years that he went away es ist nun 5 Jahre her, dass oder seitdem er fortging;
    I am not sure that it will be there ich bin nicht sicher, ob oder dass es dort ist oder sein wird
    so that sodass;
    I was so tired that I went to bed ich war so müde, dass ich zu Bett ging
    3. (in Finalsätzen) damit, dass:
    we went there that we might see it wir gingen hin, um es zu sehen
    4. (in Kausalsätzen) weil, da (ja), dass:
    not that I have any objection nicht, dass ich etwas dagegen hätte;
    it is rather that … es ist eher deshalb, weil …;
    a) darum, weil,
    b) insofern, als
    o that I could believe it! dass ich es doch glauben könnte!
    now that jetzt, da;
    at the time that I was born zu der Zeit, als ich geboren wurde
    * * *
    1. adjective,
    pl. those
    1) dieser/diese/dieses
    2) (expr. strong feeling) der/die/das
    3) (coupled or contrasted with ‘this’) der/die/das [da]
    2. pronoun,
    pl. those
    1) der/die/das

    who is that in the garden? — wer ist das [da] im Garten?

    and [all] that — und so weiter

    like that — (of the kind or in the way mentioned, of that character) so

    [just] like that — (without effort, thought) einfach so

    don't talk like that — hör auf, so zu reden

    that is [to say] — (introducing explanation) das heißt; (introducing reservation) das heißt; genauer gesagt

    if they'd have me, that is — das heißt, wenn sie mich nehmen

    that's more like it — (of suggestion, news) das hört sich schon besser an; (of action, work) das sieht schon besser aus

    that's right! — (expr. approval) gut od. recht so; (iron.) nur so weiter!; (coll.): (expr. assent) jawohl

    that's a good etc. boy/girl — das ist lieb [von dir, mein Junge/Mädchen]; (with request) sei so lieb usw.

    somebody/something is not as... as all that — (coll.) so... ist jemand/etwas nun auch wieder nicht

    [so] that's that — (it's finished) so, das wär's; (it's settled) so ist es nun mal

    you are not going to the party, and that's that! — du gehst nicht zu der Party, und damit Schluss!

    2) (Brit.): (person spoken to)

    who is that? — wer ist da?; (behind wall etc.) wer ist denn da?; (on telephone) wer ist am Apparat?

    3. relative pronoun, pl. same
    der/die/das

    the people that you got it from — die Leute, von denen du es bekommen hast

    the box that you put the apples in — die Kiste, in die du die Äpfel getan hast

    is he the man that you saw last night? — ist das der Mann, den Sie gestern Abend gesehen haben?

    everyone that I know — jeder, den ich kenne

    this is all [the money] that I have — das ist alles [Geld], was ich habe

    4. adverb
    (coll.) so

    he may be daft, but he's not [all] that daft — er mag ja blöd sein, aber so blöd [ist er] auch wieder nicht

    5. relative adverb
    der/die/das

    at the speed that he was going — bei der Geschwindigkeit, die er hatte

    the day that I first met her — der Tag, an dem ich sie zum ersten Mal sah

    6. conjunction
    1) (introducing statement; expr. result, reason or cause) dass
    2) (expr. purpose)

    [in order] that — damit

    * * *
    adj.
    dasjenig pron.
    dies adj. conj.
    dass konj. pron.
    das pron.
    derjenig pron.
    diejenig pron.
    dies pron.
    welch pron.
    welcher pron.
    welches pron.

    English-german dictionary > that

  • 9 ὡς

    ὡς (Hom.+; loanw. in rabb.) relative adv. of the relative pron. ὅς. It is used as
    ① a comparative particle, marking the manner in which someth. proceeds, as, like
    ⓐ corresponding to οὕτως=‘so, in such a way’: σωθήσεται, οὕτως ὡς διὰ πυρός he will be saved, (but only) in such a way as (one, in an attempt to save oneself, must go) through fire (and therefore suffer fr. burns) 1 Cor 3:15. τὴν ἑαυτοῦ γυναῖκα οὕτως ἀγαπάτω ὡς ἑαυτόν Eph 5:33; cp. vs. 28. ἡμέρα κυρίου ὡς κλέπτης οὕτως ἔρχεται 1 Th 5:2. The word οὕτως can also be omitted ἀσφαλίσασθε ὡς οἴδατε make it as secure as you know how = as you can Mt 27:65. ὡς οὐκ οἶδεν αὐτός (in such a way) as he himself does not know = he himself does not know how, without his knowing (just) how Mk 4:27. ὡς ἀνῆκεν (in such a way) as is fitting Col 3:18. Cp. 4:4; Eph 6:20; Tit 1:5 (cp. Just., A I, 3, 1 ὡς πρέπον ἐστίν). ὡς πᾶσα γυνὴ γεννᾷ GJs 11:2; ὡς ἀπεκαλύφθη AcPlCor 1:8.
    ⓑ special uses
    α. in ellipses (TestAbr A 12 p. 90, 22 [Stone p. 28] θρόνος … ἐξαστράπτων ὡς πῦρ; TestJob 20:3 χρήσασθαι … ὡς ἐβούλετο; JosAs 12:7 πρὸς σὲ κατέφυγον ὡς παιδίον ἐπὶ τὸν πατέρα) ἐλάλουν ὡς νήπιος I used to speak as a child (is accustomed to speak) 1 Cor 13:11a; cp. bc; Mk 10:15; Eph 6:6a; Phil 2:22; Col 3:22. ὡς τέκνα φωτὸς περιπατεῖτε walk as (is appropriate for) children of light Eph 5:8; cp. 6:6b. ὡς ἐν ἡμέρᾳ as (it is one’s duty to walk) in the daylight Ro 13:13. The Israelites went through the Red Sea ὡς διὰ ξηρᾶς γῆς as (one travels) over dry land Hb 11:29. οὐ λέγει ὡς ἐπὶ πολλῶν ἀλλʼ ὡς ἐφʼ ἑνός he speaks not as one would of a plurality (s. ἐπί 8), but as of a single thing Gal 3:16.—Ro 15:15; 1 Pt 5:3. Also referring back to οὕτως (GrBar 6:16 ὡς γὰρ τὰ δίστομα οὕτως καὶ ὁ ἀλέκτωρ μηνύει τοῖς ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ like articulate beings the rooster informs earth’s inhabitants) οὕτως τρέχω ὡς οὐκ ἀδήλως I run as (a person) with a fixed goal 1 Cor 9:26a. Cp. ibid. b; Js 2:12.
    β. ὡς and the words that go w. it can be the subj. or obj., of a clause: γενηθήτω σοι ὡς θέλεις let it be done (= it will be done) for you as you wish Mt 15:28. Cp. 8:13; Lk 14:22 v.l. (for ὅ; cp. ὡς τὸ θέλημά σου OdeSol 11:21). The predicate belonging to such a subj. is to be supplied in οὐχ ὡς ἐγὼ θέλω (γενηθήτω) Mt 26:39a.—ἐποίησεν ὡς προσέταξεν αὐτῷ ὁ ἄγγελος he did as (= that which) the angel commanded him (to do) Mt 1:24; cp. 26:19 (on the structure s. RPesch, BZ 10, ’66, 220–45; 11, ’67, 79–95; cp. the formula Job 42:9 and the contrasting negation Ex 1:17; s. also Ex 3:21f); 28:15.—Practically equivalent to ὅ, which is a v.l. for it Mk 14:72 (JBirdsall, NovT 2, ’58, 272–75; cp. Lk 14:22 above).
    γ. ἕκαστος ὡς each one as or according to what Ro 12:3; 1 Cor 3:5; 7:17ab; Rv 22:12. ὡς ἦν δυνατὸς ἕκαστος each person interpreted them as best each could Papias (2:16).
    δ. in indirect questions (X., Cyr. 1, 5, 11 ἀπαίδευτοι ὡς χρὴ συμμάχοις χρῆσθαι) ἐξηγοῦντο ὡς ἐγνώσθη αὐτοῖς ἐν τῇ κλάσει τοῦ ἄρτου they told how he had made himself known to them when they broke bread together Lk 24:35. Cp. Mk 12:26 v.l. (for πῶς); Lk 8:47; 23:55; Ac 10:38; 20:20; Ro 11:2; 2 Cor 7:15.
    ② a conjunction marking a point of comparison, as. This ‘as’ can have a ‘so’ expressly corresponding to it or not, as the case may be; further, both sides of the comparison can be expressed in complete clauses, or one or even both may be abbreviated.
    ⓐ ὡς is correlative w. οὕτως=so. οὕτως … ὡς (so, in such a way) … as: οὐδέποτε ἐλάλησεν οὕτως ἄνθρωπος ὡς οὗτος λαλεῖ ὁ ἄνθρωπος J 7:46. ὡς … οὕτως Ac 8:32 (Is 53:7); 23:11; Ro 5:15 (ὡς τὸ παράπτωμα, οὕτως καὶ τὸ χάρισμα, both halves to be completed), 18. ὡς κοινωνοί ἐστε τῶν παθημάτων, οὕτως καὶ τῆς παρακλήσεως as you are comrades in suffering, so (shall you be) in comfort as well 2 Cor 1:7. Cp. 7:14; 11:3 v.l.—ὡς … καί as … so (Plut., Mor. 39e; Ath. 15, 2) Mt 6:10; Ac 7:51; 2 Cor 13:2; Gal 1:9; Phil 1:20.
    ⓑ The clause beginning w. ὡς can easily be understood and supplied in many cases; when this occurs, the noun upon which the comparison depends can often stand alone, and in these cases ὡς acts as a particle denoting comparison. οἱ δίκαιοι ἐκλάμψουσιν ὡς ὁ ἥλιος the righteous will shine out as the sun (shines) Mt 13:43. ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν ἐξήλθατε συλλαβεῖν με as (one goes out) against a robber, (so) you have gone out to arrest me 26:55 (Mel., P. 79, 574 ὡς ἐπὶ φόνιον λῄστην). γίνεσθε φρόνιμοι ὡς οἱ ὄφεις be (as) wise as serpents (are) 10:16b. Cp. Lk 12:27; 21:35; 22:31; J 15:6; 2 Ti 2:17; 1 Pt 5:8.
    ⓒ Semitic infl. is felt in the manner in which ὡς, combined w. a subst., takes the place of a subst. or an adj.
    α. a substantive
    א. as subj. (cp. Da 7:13 ὡς υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου ἤρχετο; cp. 10:16, 18) ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου (ἦν) ὡς θάλασσα ὑαλίνη before the throne there was something like a sea of glass Rv 4:6. Cp. 8:8; 9:7a. ἀφʼ ἑνὸς ἐγενήθησαν ὡς ἡ ἄμμος from one man they have come into being as the sand, i.e. countless descendants Hb 11:12.
    ב. as obj. (JosAs 17:6 εἶδεν Ἀσενὲθ ὡς ἅρμα πυρός) ᾂδουσιν ὡς ᾠδὴν καινήν they were singing, as it were, a new song Rv 14:3. ἤκουσα ὡς φωνήν I heard what sounded like a shout 19:1, 6abc; cp. 6:1.
    β. as adjective, pred. (mostly εἶναι, γίνεσθαι ὡς; the latter also in rendering of ךְּ to express the basic reality of something: GDelling, Jüd. Lehre u. Frömmigkeit ’67, p. 58, on ParJer 9:7) ἐὰν μὴ γένησθε ὡς τὰ παιδία if you do not become child-like Mt 18:3. ὡς ἄγγελοί εἰσιν they are similar to angels 22:30. πᾶσα σὰρξ ὡς χόρτος 1 Pt 1:24. Cp. Mk 6:34; 12:25; Lk 22:26ab; Ro 9:27 (Is 10:22); 29a (Is 1:9a); 1 Cor 4:13; 7:7f, 29–31; 9:20f; 2 Pt 3:8ab (Ps 89:4); Rv 6:12ab al. (cp. GrBar 14:1 ἐγένετο φωνὴ ὡς βροντή). Sim. also ποίησόν με ὡς ἕνα τῶν μισθίων σου treat me like one of your day laborers Lk 15:19.—The adj. or adjectival expr. for which this form stands may be used as an attribute πίστιν ὡς κόκκον σινάπεως faith like a mustard seed=faith no greater than a tiny mustard seed Mt 17:20; Lk 17:6. προφήτης ὡς εἷς τῶν προφητῶν Mk 6:15. Cp. Ac 3:22; 7:37 (both Dt 18:15); 10:11; 11:5. ἐγένετο ὡς εἷς τῶν φευγόντων AcPl Ha 5, 18. ἀρνίον ὡς ἐσφαγμένον a lamb that appeared to have been slaughtered Rv 5:6.—In expressions like τρίχας ὡς τρίχας γυναικῶν 9:8a the second τρίχας can be omitted as self-evident (Ps 54:7 v.l.): ἡ φωνὴ ὡς σάλπιγγος 4:1; cp. 1:10; 9:8b; 13:2a; 14:2c; 16:3.
    ⓓ other noteworthy uses
    α. ὡς as can introduce an example ὡς καὶ Ἠλίας ἐποίησεν Lk 9:54 v.l.; cp. 1 Pt 3:6; or, in the combination ὡς γέγραπται, a scripture quotation Mk 1:2 v.l.; 7:6; Lk 3:4; Ac 13:33; cp. Ro 9:25; or even an authoritative human opinion Ac 17:28; 22:5; 25:10; or any other decisive reason Mt 5:48; 6:12 (ὡς καί).
    β. ὡς introduces short clauses: ὡς εἰώθει as his custom was Mk 10:1. Cp. Hs 5, 1, 2. ὡς λογίζομαι as I think 1 Pt 5:12. ὡς ἐνομίζετο as was supposed Lk 3:23 (Diog. L. 3, 2 ὡς Ἀθήνησιν ἦν λόγος [about Plato’s origin]; TestAbr A 5 p. 82, 32 [Stone p. 12] ὡς ἐμοὶ δοκεῖ; Just., A I, 6, 2 ὡς ἐδιδάχθημεν). ὡς ἦν as he was Mk 4:36. ὡς ἔφην Papias (2:15) (ApcMos 42; cp. Just., A I, 21, 6 ὡς προέφημεν).
    γ. The expr. οὕτως ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ ὡς ἄνθρωπος βάλῃ τὸν σπόρον Mk 4:26 may well exhibit colloquial syntax; but some think that ἄν (so one v.l. [=ἐάν, which is read by many mss.]) once stood before ἄνθρωπος and was lost inadvertently. S. the comm., e.g. EKlostermann, Hdb. z. NT4 ’50 ad loc.; s. also Jülicher, Gleichn. 539; B-D-F §380, 4; Mlt. 185 w. notes; Rdm.2 154; Rob. 928; 968.
    ③ marker introducing the perspective from which a pers., thing, or activity is viewed or understood as to character, function, or role, as
    ⓐ w. focus on quality, circumstance, or role
    α. as (JosAs 26:7 ἔγνω … Λευὶς … ταῦτα πάντα ὡς προφήτης; Just., A I, 7, 4 ἵνα ὡς ἄδικος κολάζηται) τί ἔτι κἀγὼ ὡς ἁμαρτωλὸς κρίνομαι; why am I still being condemned as a sinner? Ro 3:7. ὡς σοφὸς ἀρχιτέκτων 1 Cor 3:10. ὡς ἀρτιγέννητα βρέφη as newborn children (in reference to desire for maternal milk) 1 Pt 2:2. μή τις ὑμῶν πασχέτω ὡς φονεύς 4:15a; cp. b, 16.—1:14; 1 Cor 7:25; 2 Cor 6:4; Eph 5:1; Col 3:12; 1 Th 2:4, 7a.—In the oblique cases, genitive (ApcSed 16:2 ὡς νέου αὐτοῦ ἐπαράβλεπον τὰ πταίσματα αὐτοῦ; Just., A I, 14, 4 ὑμέτερον ἔστω ὡς δυνατῶν βασιλέων): τιμίῳ αἵματι ὡς ἀμνοῦ ἀμώμου Χριστοῦ with the precious blood of Christ, as of a lamb without blemish 1 Pt 1:19. δόξαν ὡς μονογενοῦς παρὰ πατρός glory as of an only-begotten son, coming from the Father J 1:14. Cp. Hb 12:27. Dative (Ath. 14, 2 θύουσιν ὡς θεοῖς; 28, 3 πιστεύειν ὡς μυθοποιῷ; Stephan. Byz. s.v. Κυνόσαργες: Ἡρακλεῖ ὡς θεῷ θύων): λαλῆσαι ὑμῖν ὡς πνευματικοῖς 1 Cor 3:1a; cp. bc; 10:15; 2 Cor 6:13; Hb 12:5; 1 Pt 2:13f; 3:7ab; 2 Pt 1:19. Accusative (JosAs 22:8 ἠγάπα αὐτὸν ὡς ἄνδρα προφήτην; Just., A I, 4, 4 τὸ ὄνομα ὡς ἔλεγχον λαμβάνετε; Tat. 27, 1 ὡς ἀθεωτάτους ἡμᾶς ἐκκηρύσσετε; Ath. 16, 4 οὐ προσκυνῶ αὐτὰ ὡς θεοὺς): οὐχ ὡς θεὸν ἐδόξασαν Ro 1:21; 1 Cor 4:14; 8:7; Tit 1:7; Phlm 16; Hb 6:19; 11:9. παρακαλῶ ὡς παροίκους καὶ παρεπιδήμους 1 Pt 2:11 (from the perspective of their conversion experience the recipients of the letter are compared to temporary residents and disenfranchised foreigners, cp. the imagery 1 Pt 1:19 above and s. παρεπίδημος and πάροικος 2).—This is prob. also the place for ὸ̔ ἐὰν ποιῆτε, ἐργάζεσθε ὡς τῷ κυρίῳ whatever you have to do, do it as work for the Lord Col 3:23. Cp. Eph 5:22. εἴ τις λαλεῖ ὡς λόγια θεοῦ if anyone preaches, (let the pers. do so) as if (engaged in proclaiming the) words of God 1 Pt 4:11a; cp. ibid. b; 2 Cor 2:17bc; Eph 6:5, 7.
    β. ὡς w. ptc. gives the reason for an action as one who, because (X., Cyr. 7, 5, 13 κατεγέλων τῆς πολιορκίας ὡς ἔχοντες τὰ ἐπιτήδεια; Appian, Liby. 56 §244 μέμφεσθαι τοῖς θεοῖς ὡς ἐπιβουλεύουσι=as being hostile; Polyaenus 2, 1, 1; 3, 10, 3 ὡς ἔχων=just as if he had; TestAbr B 8 p. 112, 17 [Stone p. 72] ὡς αὐτῷ ὄντι φίλῳ μου (do it for) him [Abraham] as a friend of mine; TestJob 17:5 καθʼ ἡμῶν ὡς τυραννούντων against us as though we were tyrants; ApcMos 23 ὡς νομίζοντες on the assumption that (we would not be discovered); Jos., Ant. 1, 251; Ath. 16, 1 ὁ δὲ κόσμος οὐχ ὡς δεομένου τοῦ θεοῦ γέγονεν; SIG 1168, 35); Paul says: I appealed to the Emperor οὐχ ὡς τοῦ ἔθνους μου ἔχων τι κατηγορεῖν not that I had any charge to bring against my (own) people Ac 28:19 (PCairZen 44, 23 [257 B.C.] οὐχ ὡς μενῶν=not as if it were my purpose to remain there). ὡς foll. by the gen. abs. ὡς τὰ πάντα ἡμῖν τῆς θείας δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ δεδωρημένης because his divine power has granted us everything 2 Pt 1:3. Cp. Dg. 5:16.—Only in isolated instances does ὡς show causal force when used w. a finite verb for, seeing that (PLeid 16, 1, 20; Lucian, Dial. Mort. 17, 2, end, Vit. Auct. 25; Aesop, Fab. 109 P.=148 H.; 111 H-H.: ὡς εὐθέως ἐξελεύσομαι=because; Tetrast. Iamb. 1, 6, 3; Nicetas Eugen. 6, 131 H. Cp. Herodas 10, 3: ὡς=because [with the copula ‘is’ to be supplied]) Mt 6:12 (ὡς καί as Mk 7:37 v.l.; TestDan 3:1 v.l.; the parallel Lk 11:4 has γάρ). AcPlCor 1:6 ὡς οὖν ὁ κύριος ἠλέησεν ἡμᾶς inasmuch as the Lord has shown us mercy (by permitting us). So, more oft., καθώς (q.v. 3).
    γ. ὡς before the predicate acc. or nom. w. certain verbs functions pleonastically and further contributes to the aspect of perspective ὡς προφήτην ἔχουσιν τὸν Ἰωάννην Mt 21:26. Cp. Lk 16:1. λογίζεσθαί τινα ὡς foll. by acc. look upon someone as 1 Cor 4:1; 2 Cor 10:2 (for this pass. s. also c below). Cp. 2 Th 3:15ab; Phil 2:7; Js 2:9.
    ⓑ w. focus on a conclusion existing only in someone’s imagination or based solely on someone’s assertion (PsSol 8:30; Jos., Bell. 3, 346; Just., A I, 27, 5; Mel., P. 58, 422) προσηνέγκατέ μοι τὸν ἄνθρωπον τοῦτον ὡς ἀποστρέφοντα τὸν λαόν, καὶ ἰδοὺ … you have brought this fellow before me as one who (as you claim) is misleading the people, and now … Lk 23:14. τί καυχᾶσαι ὡς μὴ λαβών; why do you boast, as though you (as you think) had not received? 1 Cor 4:7. Cp. Ac 3:12; 23:15, 20; 27:30. ὡς μὴ ἐρχομένου μου as though I were not coming (acc. to their mistaken idea) 1 Cor 4:18. ὡς μελλούσης τῆς πόλεως αἴρεσθαι assuming that the city was being destroyed AcPl Ha 5, 16.
    ⓒ w. focus on what is objectively false or erroneous ἐπιστολὴ ὡς διʼ ἡμῶν a letter (falsely) alleged to be from us 2 Th 2:2a (Diod S 33, 5, 5 ἔπεμψαν ὡς παρὰ τῶν πρεσβευτῶν ἐπιστολήν they sent a letter which purported to come from the emissaries; Diog. L. 10:3 falsified ἐπιστολαὶ ὡς Ἐπικούρου; Just., A, II, 5, 5 ὡς ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ σπορᾷ γενομένους υἱούς). τοὺς λογιζομένους ἡμᾶς ὡς κατὰ σάρκα περιπατοῦντας 2 Cor 10:2 (s. also aγ above). Cp. 11:17; 13:7. Israel wishes to become righteous οὐκ ἐκ πίστεως ἀλλʼ ὡς ἐξ ἔργων not through faith but through deeds (the latter way being objectively wrong) Ro 9:32 (Rdm.2 26f). ὡς ἐκ παραδόσεως ἀγράφου εἰς αὐτὸν ἥκοντα (other matters he recounts) as having reached him through unwritten tradition (Eus. about Papias) Papias (2:11).
    ④ conj., marker of result in connection with indication of purpose=ὥστε so that (Trag., Hdt.+, though nearly always w. the inf.; so also POxy 1040, 11; PFlor 370, 10; Wsd 5:12; TestJob 39:7; ApcMos 38; Jos., Ant. 12, 229; Just., A I, 56, 2; Tat. 12, 2. W. the indic. X., Cyr. 5, 4, 11 οὕτω μοι ἐβοήθησας ὡς σέσῳσμαι; Philostrat., Vi. Apoll. 8, 7 p. 324, 25f; Jos., Bell. 3, 343; Ath. 15, 3; 22, 2) Hb 3:11; 4:3 (both Ps 94:11). ὡς αὐτὸν καθόλου τὸ φῶς μὴ βλέπειν Papias (3:2) (s. φῶς 1a). ὡς πάντας ἄχθεσθαι (s. ἄχθομαι) AcPl Ha 4, 14. ὡς πάντας … ἀγαλλιᾶσθαι 6, 31 al.
    ⑤ marker of discourse content, that, the fact that after verbs of knowing, saying (even introducing direct discourse: Maximus Tyr. 5:4f), hearing, etc.=ὅτι that (X., An. 1, 3, 5; Menand., Sam. 590 S. [245 Kö.]; Aeneas Tact. 402; 1342; PTebt 10, 6 [119 B.C.]; 1 Km 13:11; EpArist; Philo, Op. M. 9; Jos., Ant. 7, 39; 9, 162; 15, 249 al.; Just., A I, 60, 2; Tat. 39, 2; 41, 1; Ath. 30, 4.—ORiemann, RevPhilol n.s. 6, 1882, 73–75; HKallenberg, RhM n.s. 68, 1913, 465–76; B-D-F §396) ἀναγινώσκειν Mk 12:26 v.l. (for πῶς); Lk 6:4 (w. πῶς as v.l.). μνησθῆναι Lk 24:6 (D ὅσα); cp. 22:61 (=Lat. quomodo, as in ms. c of the Old Itala; cp. Plautus, Poen. 3, 1, 54–56). ἐπίστασθαι (Jos., Ant. 7, 372) Ac 10:28; 20:18b v.l. (for πῶς). εἰδέναι (MAI 37, 1912, 183 [= Kl. T. 110, 81, 10] ἴστε ὡς [131/132 A.D.]) 1 Th 2:11a. μάρτυς ὡς Ro 1:9; Phil 1:8; 1 Th 2:10.—ὡς ὅτι s. ὅτι 5b.
    ⑥ w. numerals, a degree that approximates a point on a scale of extent, about, approximately, nearly (Hdt., Thu. et al.; PAmh 72, 12; PTebt 381, 4 [VSchuman, ClW 28, ’34/35, 95f: pap]; Jos., Ant. 6, 95; Ruth 1:4; 1 Km 14:2; TestJob 31:2; JosAs 1:6) ὡς δισχίλιοι Mk 5:13. Cp. 8:9; Lk 1:56; 8:42; J 1:39; 4:6; 6:10, 19; 19:14, 39; 21:8; Ac 4:4; 5:7, 36; 13:18, 20; 27:37 v.l. (Hemer, Acts 149 n. 140); Rv 8:1.
    ⑦ a relatively high point on a scale involving exclamation, how! (X., Cyr. 1, 3, 2 ὦ μῆτερ, ὡς καλός μοι ὁ πάππος! Himerius, Or. 54 [=Or. 15], 1 ὡς ἡδύ μοι τὸ θέατρον=how pleasant … ! Ps 8:2; 72:1; TestJob 7:12) ὡς ὡραῖοι οἱ πόδες τῶν εὐαγγελιζομένων ἀγαθά Ro 10:15 (cp. Is 52:7). Cp. 11:33. ὡς μεγάλη μοι ἡ σήμερον ἡμέρα GJs 19:2.
    ⑧ temporal conjunction (B-D-F §455, 2; 3; Harnack, SBBerlAk 1908, 392).
    ⓐ w. the aor. when, after (Hom., Hdt. et al.; Diod S 14, 80, 1; pap [POxy 1489, 4 al.]; LXX; TestAbr B 3 p. 107, 6 [Stone p. 62]; JosAs 3:2; ParJer 3:1; ApcMos 22; Jos., Bell. 1, 445b; Just., D. 2, 4; 3, 1) ὡς ἐπλήσθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι Lk 1:23. ὡς ἐγεύσατο ὁ ἀρχιτρίκλινος J 2:9.—Lk 1:41, 44; 2:15, 39; 4:25; 5:4; 7:12; 15:25; 19:5; 22:66; 23:26; J 4:1, 40; 6:12, 16; 7:10; 11:6, 20, 29, 32f; 18:6; 19:33; 21:9; Ac 5:24; 10:7, 25; 13:29; 14:5; 16:10, 15; 17:13; 18:5; 19:21; 21:1, 12; 22:25; 27:1, 27; 28:4. AcPl Ha 3, 20.
    ⓑ w. pres. or impf. while, when, as long as (Menand., Fgm. 538, 2 K. ὡς ὁδοιπορεῖς; Cyrill. Scyth. [VI A.D.] ed. ESchwartz ’39 p. 143, 1; 207, 22 ὡς ἔτι εἰμί=as long as I live) ὡς ὑπάγεις μετὰ τοῦ ἀντιδίκου σου while you are going with your opponent Lk 12:58. ὡς ἐλάλει ἡμῖν, ὡς διήνοιγεν ἡμῖν τὰς γραφάς while he was talking, while he was opening the scriptures to us 24:32.—J 2:23; 8:7; 12:35f ( as long as; cp. ἕως 2a); Ac 1:10; 7:23; 9:23; 10:17; 13:25; 19:9; 21:27; 25:14; Gal 6:10 ( as long as); 2 Cl 8:1; 9:7; IRo 2:2; ISm 9:1 (all four as long as).—ὡς w. impf., and in the next clause the aor. ind. w. the same subject (Diod S 15, 45, 4 ὡς ἐθεώρουν …, συνεστήσαντο ‘when [or ‘as soon as’] they noticed …, they put together [a fleet]’; SIG 1169, 58 ὡς ἐνεκάθευδε, εἶδε ‘while he was sleeping [or ‘when he went to sleep’] [in the temple] he saw [a dream or vision]’) Mt 28:9 v.l.; J 20:11; Ac 8:36; 16:4; 22:11.— Since (Soph., Oed. R. 115; Thu. 4, 90, 3) ὡς τοῦτο γέγονεν Mk 9:21.
    ⓒ ὡς ἄν or ὡς ἐάν w. subjunctive of the time of an event in the future when, as soon as.
    α. ὡς ἄν (Hyperid. 2, 43, 4; Herodas 5, 50; Lucian, Cronosolon 11; PHib 59, 1 [c. 245 B.C.] ὡς ἂν λάβῃς; UPZ 71, 18 [152 B.C.]; PTebt 26, 2. Cp. Witkowski 87; Gen 12:12; Josh 2:14; Is 8:21; Da 3:15 Theod.; Ath. 31, 3 [ἐάν Schwartz]) Ro 15:24; 1 Cor 11:34; Phil 2:23.
    β. ὡς ἐάν (PFay 111, 16 [95/96 A.D.] ὡς ἐὰν βλέπῃς) 1 Cl 12:5f; Hv 3, 8, 9; 3, 13, 2.
    ⓓ w. the superlative ὡς τάχιστα (a bookish usage; s. B-D-F §244, 1; Rob. 669) as quickly as possible Ac 17:15 (s. ταχέως 1c).
    ⑨ a final particle, expressing intention/purpose, with a view to, in order to
    ⓐ w. subjunctive (Hom.+; TestAbr A 4 p. 80, 33 [Stone p. 8]; SibOr 3, 130; Synes., Hymni 3, 44 [NTerzaghi ’39]) ὡς τελειώσω in order that I might finish Ac 20:24 v.l. (s. Mlt. 249).
    ⓑ w. inf. (X.; Arrian [very oft.: ABoehner, De Arriani dicendi genere, diss. Erlangen 1885 p. 56]; PGen 28, 12 [II A.D.]; ZPE 8, ’71, 177: letter of M. Ant. 57, cp. 44–46; 3 Macc 1:2; Joseph.; cp. the use of the opt. Just., D. 2, 3) Lk 9:52. ὡς τελειῶσαι Ac 20:24. ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν Hb 7:9 (s. ἔπος).
    ⓒ used w. prepositions to indicate the direction intended (Soph., Thu., X. [Kühner-G. I 472 note 1]; Polyb. 1, 29, 1; LRadermacher, Philol 60, 1901, 495f) πορεύεσθαι ὡς ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν Ac 17:14 v.l.—WStählin, Symbolon, ’58, 99–104. S. also ὡσάν, ὡσαύτως, ὡσεί 2, ὥσπερ b, ὡσπερεί, ὥστε 2b. DELG. M-M.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ὡς

  • 10 ἐν

    ἐν prep. w. dat. (Hom.+). For lit. s. ἀνά and εἰς, beg. For special NT uses s. AOepke, TW II 534–39. The uses of this prep. are so many and various, and oft. so easily confused, that a strictly systematic treatment is impossible. It must suffice to list the main categories, which will help establish the usage in individual cases. The earliest auditors/readers, not being inconvenienced by grammatical and lexical debates, would readily absorb the context and experience little difficulty.
    ① marker of a position defined as being in a location, in, among (the basic idea, Rob. 586f)
    ⓐ of the space or place within which someth. is found, in: ἐν τῇ πόλει Lk 7:37. ἐν Βηθλέεμ Mt 2:1. ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ 3:1 (Just., D. 19, 5, cp. A I, 12, 6 ἐν ἐρημίᾳ) ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ Ac 5:42. ἐν οἴκῳ 1 Ti 3:15 and very oft. ἐν τοῖς τοῦ πατρός μου in my Father’s house Lk 2:49 and perh. Mt 20:15 (cp. Jos., Ant. 16, 302, C. Ap. 1, 118 ἐν τοῖς τοῦ Διός; PTebt 12, 3; POxy 523, 3; Tob 6:11 S; Goodsp., Probs. 81–83). ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ Mt 20:3. ἐν (τῷ) οὐρανῷ in heaven (Arat., Phaen. 10; Diod S 4, 61, 6; Plut., Mor. 359d τὰς ψυχὰς ἐν οὐρανῷ λάμπειν ἄστρα; Tat. 12, 2 τὰ ἄστρα τὰ ἐν αὐτῷ) Ac 2:19 (Jo 3:3); Rv 12:1; IEph 19:2.—W. quotations and accounts of the subject matter of literary works: in (Ps.-Demetr. c. 226 ὡς ἐν τῷ Εὐθυδήμῳ; Simplicius in Epict. p. 28, 37 ἐν τῷ Φαίδωνι; Ammon. Hermiae in Aristot. De Interpret. c. 9 p. 136, 20 Busse ἐν Τιμαίῳ παρειλήφαμεν=we have received as a tradition; 2 Macc 2:4; 1 Esdr 1:40; 5:48; Sir 50:27; Just., A I, 60, 1 ἐν τῷ παρὰ Πλάτωνι Τιμαίῳ) ἐν τῇ ἐπιστολῇ 1 Cor 5:9. ἐν τῷ νόμῳ Lk 24:44; J 1:45. ἐν τοῖς προφήταις Ac 13:40. ἐν Ἠλίᾳ in the story of Elijah Ro 11:2 (Just., D. 120, 3 ἐν τῷ Ἰούδα). ἐν τῷ Ὡσηέ 9:25 (Just., D. 44, 2 ἐν τῷ Ἰεζεκιήλ). ἐν Δαυίδ in the Psalter ( by David is also prob.: s. 6) Hb 4:7. ἐν ἑτέρῳ προφήτῃ in another prophet B 6:14. Of inner life φανεροῦσθαι ἐν ταῖς συνειδήσεσι be made known to (your) consciences 2 Cor 5:11. ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ Mt 5:28; 13:19; 2 Cor 11:12 et al.
    ⓑ on ἐν τῷ ὄρει (X., An. 4, 3, 31; Diod S 14, 16, 2 λόφος ἐν ᾧ=a hill on which; Jos., Ant. 12, 259; Just., D. 67, 9 ἐν ὄρει Χωρήβ) J 4:20f; Hb 8:5 (Ex 25:40). ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ in the market Mt 20:3. ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ on the way Mt 5:25. ἐν πλαξίν on tablets 2 Cor 3:3. ἐν ταῖς γωνίαις τῶν πλατειῶν on the street corners Mt 6:5.
    ⓒ within the range of, at, near (Soph., Fgm. 37 [34 N.2] ἐν παντὶ λίθῳ=near every stone; Artem. 4, 24 p. 217, 19 ἐν Τύρῳ=near Tyre; Polyaenus 8, 24, 7 ἐν τῇ νησῖδι=near the island; Diog. L. 1, 34; 85; 97 τὰ ἐν ποσίν=what is before one’s feet; Jos., Vi. 227 ἐν Χαβωλώ) ἐν τῷ γαζοφυλακείῳ (q.v.) J 8:20. ἐν τῷ Σιλωάμ near the pool of Siloam Lk 13:4. καθίζειν ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ τινος sit at someone’s right hand (cp. 1 Esdr 4:29) Eph 1:20; Hb 1:3; 8:1.
    ⓓ among, in (Hom.+; PTebt 58, 41 [111 B.C.]; Sir 16:6; 31:9; 1 Macc 4:58; 5:2; TestAbr B 9 p. 13, 27 [Stone p. 74]; Just., A I, 5, 4 ἐν βαρβάροις) ἐν τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ in the generation now living Mk 8:38. ἐν τῷ γένει μου among my people Gal 1:14 (Just., D. 51, 1 al. ἐν τῷ γένει ὑμῶν). ἐν ἡμῖν Hb 13:26. ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ in the crowd Mk 5:30 (cp. Sir 7:7). ἐν ἀλλήλοις mutually (Thu. 1, 24, 4; Just., D. 101, 3) Ro 1:12; 15:5. ἐν τοῖς ἡγεμόσιν (=among the commanding officers: Diod S 18, 61, 2; Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 21 §84) Ἰούδα Mt 2:6 et al. ἐν ἀνθρώποις among people (as Himerius, Or. 48 [14], 11; Just., A I, 23, 3, D. 64, 7) Lk 2:14; cp. Ac 4:12.
    ⓔ before, in the presence of, etc. (cp. Od. 2, 194; Eur., Andr. 359; Pla., Leg. 9, 879b; Demosth. 24, 207; Polyb. 5, 39, 6; Epict. 3, 22, 8; Appian, Maced. 18 §2 ἐν τοῖς φίλοις=in the presence of his friends; Sir 19:8; Jdth 6:2; PPetr. II, 4 [6], 16 [255/254 B.C.] δινὸν γάρ ἐστιν ἐν ὄχλῳ ἀτιμάζεσθαι=before a crowd) σοφίαν λαλοῦμεν ἐν τοῖς τελείοις in the presence of mature (i.e. spiritually sophisticated) adults 1 Cor 2:6 (cp. Simplicius in Epict. p. 131, 20 λέγειν τὰ θεωρήματα ἐν ἰδιώταις). ἐν τ. ὠσὶν ὑμῶν in your hearing Lk 4:21 (cp. Judg 17:2; 4 Km 23:2; Bar 1:3f), where the words can go linguistically just as well w. πεπλήρωται as w. ἡ γραφὴ αὕτη (this passage of scripture read in your hearing). ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς τινος in someone’s eyes, i.e. judgment (Wsd 3:2; Sir 8:16; Jdth 3:4; 12:14; 1 Macc 1:12) Mt 21:42 (Ps 117:23). ἔν τινι in the same mng. as early as Trag. (Soph., Oed. C. 1213 ἐν ἐμοί=in my judgment, Ant. 925 ἐν θεοῖς καλά; also Pla., Prot. 337b; 343c) ἐν ἐμοί 1 Cor 14:11; possibly J 3:21 (s. 4c below) and Jd 1 belong here.—In the ‘forensic’ sense ἔν τινι can mean in someone’s court or forum (Soph., Ant. 459; Pla., Gorg. 464d, Leg. 11, 916b; Ael. Aristid. 38, 3 K.=7 p. 71 D.; 46 p. 283, 334 D.; Diod S 19, 51, 4; Ps.-Heraclit., Ep. 4, 6; but in several of these pass. the mng. does not go significantly beyond ‘in the presence of’ [s. above]) ἐν ὑμῖν 1 Cor 6:2 ( by you is also tenable; s. 6 below).
    ⓕ esp. to describe certain processes, inward: ἐν ἑαυτῷ to himself, i.e. in silence, διαλογίζεσθαι Mk 2:8; Lk 12:17; διαπορεῖν Ac 10:17; εἰδέναι J 6:61; λέγειν Mt 3:9; 9:21; Lk 7:49; εἰπεῖν 7:39 al.; ἐμβριμᾶσθαι J 11:38.
    ② marker of a state or condition, in
    ⓐ of being clothed and metaphors assoc. with such condition in, with (Hdt. 2, 159; X., Mem. 3, 11, 4; Diod S 1, 12, 9; Herodian 2, 13, 3; Jdth 10:3; 1 Macc 6:35; 2 Macc 3:33) ἠμφιεσμένον ἐν μαλακοῖς dressed in soft clothes Mt 11:8. περιβάλλεσθαι ἐν ἱματίοις Rv 3:5; 4:4. ἔρχεσθαι ἐν ἐνδύμασι προβάτων come in sheep’s clothing Mt 7:15. περιπατεῖν ἐν στολαῖς walk about in long robes Mk 12:38 (Tat. 2, 1 ἐν πορφυρίδι περιπατῶν); cp. Ac 10:30; Mt 11:21; Lk 10:13. ἐν λευκοῖς in white (Artem. 2, 3; 4, 2 ἐν λευκοῖς προϊέναι; Epict. 3, 22, 1) J 20:12; Hv 4, 2, 1. Prob. corresp. ἐν σαρκί clothed in flesh (cp. Diod S 1, 12, 9 deities appear ἐν ζῴων μορφαῖς) 1 Ti 3:16; 1J 4:2; 2J 7. ἐν πάσῃ τῇ δόξῃ αὐτοῦ in all his glory Mt 6:29 (cp. 1 Macc 10:86). ἐν τ. δόξῃ τοῦ πατρός clothed in his Father’s glory 16:27; cp. 25:31; Mk 8:38; Lk 9:31.
    ⓑ of other states and conditions (so freq. w. γίνομαι, εἰμί; Attic wr.; PPetr II, 11 [1], 8 [III B.C.] γράφε, ἵνα εἰδῶμεν ἐν οἷς εἶ; 39 [g], 16; UPZ 110, 176 [164 B.C.] et al.; LXX; Just., A I, 13, 2 πάλιν ἐν ἀφθαρσίᾳ γενέσθαι; 67, 6 τοῖς ἐν χρείᾳ οὖσι; Tat. 20, 1f οὐκ ἔστι γὰρ ἄπειρος ὁ οὐρανός, … πεπερασμένος δὲ καὶ ἐν τέρματι; Mel., HE 4, 26, 6 ἐν … λεηλασίᾳ ‘plundering’): ὑπάρχων ἐν βασάνοις Lk 16:23. ἐν τῷ θανάτῳ 1J 3:14. ἐν ζωῇ Ro 5:10. ἐν τοῖς δεσμοῖς Phlm 13 (Just., A II, 2, 11 ἐν δ. γενέσθαι). ἐν πειρασμοῖς 1 Pt 1:6; ἐν πολλοῖς ὢν ἀστοχήμασι AcPlCor 2:1. ἐν ὁμοιώματι σαρκός Ro 8:3. ἐν πολλῷ ἀγῶνι 1 Th 2:2. ἐν φθορᾷ in a state of corruptibility 1 Cor 15:42. ἐν ἑτοίμῳ ἔχειν 2 Cor 10:6 (cp. PEleph 10, 7 [223/222 B.C.] τ. λοιπῶν ἐν ἑτοίμῳ ὄντων; PGen 76, 8; 3 Macc 5:8); ἐν ἐκστάσει in a state of trance Ac 11:5 (opp. Just., D, 115, 3 ἐν καταστάσει ὤν). Of qualities: ἐν πίστει κ. ἀγάπῃ κ. ἁγιασμῷ 1 Ti 2:15; ἐν κακίᾳ καὶ φθόνῳ Tit 3:3; ἐν πανουργίᾳ 2 Cor 4:2; ἐν εὐσεβείᾳ καὶ σεμνότητι 1 Ti 2:2; ἐν τῇ ἀνοχῇ τοῦ θεοῦ Ro 3:26; ἐν μυστηρίῳ 1 Cor 2:7; ἐν δόξῃ Phil 4:19.
    ③ marker of extension toward a goal that is understood to be within an area or condition, into: ἐν is somet. used w. verbs of motion where εἰς would normally be expected (Diod S 23, 8, 1 Ἄννων ἐπέρασε ἐν Σικελίᾳ; Hero I 142, 7; 182, 4; Paus. 7, 4, 3 διαβάντες ἐν τῇ Σάμῳ; Epict. 1, 11, 32; 2, 20, 33; Aelian, VH 4, 18; Vett. Val. 210, 26; 212, 6 al., s. index; Pel.-Leg. 1, 4; 5; 2, 1; PParis 10, 2 [145 B.C.] ἀνακεχώρηκεν ἐν Ἀλεξανδρείᾳ; POxy 294, 4; BGU 22, 13; Tob 5:5 BA; 1 Macc 10:43; TestAbr B 2 p. 106, 23=Stone p. 60 [s. on the LXX Thackeray 25]; πέμψον αὐτοὺς ἐν πολέμῳ En 10:9; TestAbr A 6 p. 83, 22 [Stone p. 14] δάκρυα … ἐν τῷ νιπτῆρι πίπτοντα): εἰσέρχεσθαι Lk 9:46; Rv 11:11; ἀπάγειν GJs 6:1; ἀνάγειν 7:1; εἰσάγειν 10:1; καταβαίνειν J 5:3 (4) v.l.; ἀναβαίνειν GJs 22:13; ἀπέρχεσθαι (Diod S 23, 18, 5) Hs 1:6; ἥκειν GJs 5:1; ἀποστέλλειν 25:1. To be understood otherwise: ἐξῆλθεν ὁ λόγος ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ the word went out = spread in all Judaea Lk 7:17; likew. 1 Th 1:8. The metaphorical expr. ἐπιστρέψαι ἀπειθεῖς ἐν φρονήσει δικαίων turn the disobedient to the wisdom of the righteous Lk 1:17 is striking but consistent w. the basic sense of ἐν. S. also γίνομαι, δίδωμι, ἵστημι, καλέω, and τίθημι. ἐν μέσῳ among somet. answers to the question ‘whither’ (B-D-F §215, 3) Mt 10:16; Lk 10:3; 8:7.
    ④ marker of close association within a limit, in
    ⓐ fig., of pers., to indicate the state of being filled w. or gripped by someth.: in someone=in one’s innermost being ἐν αὐτῷ κατοικεῖ πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα in him dwells all the fullness Col 2:9. ἐν αὐτῷ ἐκτίσθη τὰ πάντα (prob. to be understood as local, not instrumental, since ἐν αὐ. would otherwise be identical w. διʼ αὐ. in the same vs.) everything was created in association with him 1:16 (cp. M. Ant. 4, 23 ἐν σοὶ πάντα; Herm. Wr. 5, 10; AFeuillet, NTS 12, ’65, 1–9). ἐν τῷ θεῷ κέκρυπται ἡ ζωὴ ὑμῶν your life is hid in God 3:3; cp. 2:3. Of sin in humans Ro 7:17f; cp. κατεργάζεσθαι vs. 8. Of Christ who, as a spiritual being, fills people so as to be in charge of their lives 8:10; 2 Cor 13:5, abides J 6:56, lives Gal 2:20, and takes form 4:19 in them. Of the divine word: οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν ἡμῖν 1J 1:10; μένειν ἔν τινι J 5:38; ἐνοικεῖν Col 3:16. Of God’s spirit: οἰκεῖν (ἐνοικεῖν) ἔν τινι Ro 8:9, 11; 1 Cor 3:16; 2 Ti 1:14. Of spiritual gifts 1 Ti 4:14; 2 Ti 1:6. Of miraculous powers ἐνεργεῖν ἔν τινι be at work in someone Mt 14:2; Mk 6:14; ποιεῖν ἔν τινι εὐάρεστον Hb 13:21. The same expr. of God or evil spirits, who somehow work in people: 1 Cor 12:6; Phil 2:13; Eph 2:2 al.
    ⓑ of the whole, w. which the parts are closely joined: μένειν ἐν τῇ ἀμπέλῳ remain in the vine J 15:4. ἐν ἑνὶ σώματι μέλη πολλὰ ἔχομεν in one body we have many members Ro 12:4. κρέμασθαι ἔν τινι depend on someth. Mt 22:40.
    ⓒ esp. in Paul. or Joh. usage, to designate a close personal relation in which the referent of the ἐν-term is viewed as the controlling influence: under the control of, under the influence of, in close association with (cp. ἐν τῷ Δαυιδ εἰμί 2 Km 19:44): of Christ εἶναι, μένειν ἐν τῷ πατρί (ἐν τῷ θεῷ) J 10:38; 14:10f (difft. CGordon, ‘In’ of Predication or Equivalence: JBL 100, ’81, 612f); and of Christians 1J 3:24; 4:13, 15f; be or abide in Christ J 14:20; 15:4f; μένειν ἐν τῷ υἱῷ καὶ ἐν τῷ πατρί 1J 2:24. ἔργα ἐν θεῷ εἰργασμένα done in communion with God J 3:21 (but s. 1e above).—In Paul the relation of the individual to Christ is very oft. expressed by such phrases as ἐν Χριστῷ, ἐν κυρίῳ etc., also vice versa (FNeugebauer, NTS 4, ’57/58, 124–38; AWedderburn, JSNT 25, ’85, 83–97) ἐν ἐμοὶ Χριστός Gal 2:20, but here in the sense of a above.—See, e.g., Dssm., D. ntl. Formel ‘in Christo Jesu’ 1892; EWeber, D. Formel ‘in Chr. Jesu’ u. d. paul. Christusmystik: NKZ 31, 1920, 213ff; LBrun, Zur Formel ‘in Chr. Jesus’ im Phil: Symbolae Arctoae 1, 1922, 19–37; MHansen, Omkring Paulus-Formeln ‘i Kristus’: TK 4/10, 1929, 135–59; HBöhlig, ʼΕν κυρίῳ: GHeinrici Festschr. 1914, 170–75; OSchmitz, D. Christusgemeinschaft d. Pls2 ’56; AWikenhauser, D. Christusmystik d. Pls2 ’56; KMittring, Heilswirklichkeit b. Pls; Beitrag z. Verständnis der unio cum Christo in d. Plsbriefen 1929; ASchweitzer, D. Mystik d. Ap. Pls 1930 (Eng. tr., WMontgomery, The Myst. of Paul the Ap., ’31); WSchmauch, In Christus ’35; BEaston, Pastoral Ep. ’47, 210f; FBüchsel, ‘In Chr.’ b. Pls: ZNW 42, ’49, 141–58. Also HKorn, D. Nachwirkungen d. Christusmystik d. Pls in den Apost. Vätern, diss. Berlin 1928; EAndrews, Interpretation 6, ’52, 162–77; H-LParisius, ZNW 49, ’58, 285–88 (10 ‘forensic’ passages); JAllan, NTS 5, ’58/59, 54–62 (Eph), ibid. 10, ’63, 115–21 (pastorals); FNeugebauer, In Christus, etc. ’61; MDahl, The Resurrection of the Body ( 1 Cor 15) ’62, 110–13.—Paul has the most varied expressions for this new life-principle: life in Christ Ro 6:11, 23; love in Christ 8:39; grace, which is given in Christ 1 Cor 1:4; freedom in Chr. Gal 2:4; blessing in Chr. 3:14; unity in Chr. vs. 28. στήκειν ἐν κυρίῳ stand firm in the Lord Phil 4:1; εὑρεθῆναι ἐν Χ. be found in Christ 3:9; εἶναι ἐν Χ. 1 Cor 1:30; οἱ ἐν Χ. Ro 8:1.—1 Pt 5:14; κοιμᾶσθαι ἐν Χ., ἀποθνῄσκειν ἐν κυρίῳ 1 Cor 15:18.—Rv 14:13; ζῳοποιεῖσθαι 1 Cor 15:22.—The formula is esp. common w. verbs that denote a conviction, hope, etc. πεποιθέναι Gal 5:10; Phil 1:14; 2 Th 3:4. παρρησίαν ἔχειν Phlm 8. πέπεισμαι Ro 14:14. ἐλπίζειν Phil 2:19. καύχησιν ἔχειν Ro 15:17; 1 Cor 15:31. τὸ αὐτὸ φρονεῖν Phil 4:2. ὑπακούειν Eph 6:1. λαλεῖν 2 Cor 2:17; 12:19. ἀλήθειαν λέγειν Ro 9:1. λέγειν καὶ μαρτύρεσθαι Eph 4:17. But also apart fr. such verbs, in numerous pass. it is used w. verbs and nouns of the most varied sort, often without special emphasis, to indicate the scope within which someth. takes place or has taken place, or to designate someth. as being in close assoc. w. Christ, and can be rendered, variously, in connection with, in intimate association with, keeping in mind ἁγιάζεσθαι 1 Cor 1:2, or ἅγιος ἐν Χ. Phil 1:1; ἀσπάζεσθαί τινα 1 Cor 16:19. δικαιοῦσθαι Gal 2:17. κοπιᾶν Ro 16:12. παρακαλεῖν 1 Th 4:1. προσδέχεσθαί τινα Ro 16:2; Phil 2:29. χαίρειν 3:1; 4:4, 10. γαμηθῆναι ἐν κυρίῳ marry in the Lord=marry a Christian 1 Cor 7:39. προϊστάμενοι ὑμῶν ἐν κυρίῳ your Christian leaders (in the church) 1 Th 5:12 (but s. προί̈στημι 1 and 2).—εὐάρεστος Col 3:20. νήπιος 1 Cor 3:1. φρόνιμος 4:10. παιδαγωγοί vs. 15. ὁδοί vs. 17. Hence used in periphrasis for ‘Christian’ οἱ ὄντες ἐν κυρίῳ Ro 16:11; ἄνθρωπος ἐν Χ. 2 Cor 12:2; αἱ ἐκκλησίαι αἱ ἐν Χ. Gal 1:22; 1 Th 2:14; νεκροὶ ἐν Χ. 4:16; ἐκλεκτός Ro 16:13. δόκιμος vs. 10. δέσμιος Eph 4:1. πιστὸς διάκονος 6:21; ἐν Χ. γεννᾶν τινα become someone’s parent in the Christian life 1 Cor 4:15. τὸ ἔργον μου ὑμεῖς ἐστε ἐν κυρίῳ 9:1.—The use of ἐν πνεύματι as a formulaic expression is sim.: ἐν πν. εἶναι be under the impulsion of the spirit, i.e. the new self, as opposed to ἐν σαρκί under the domination of the old self Ro 8:9; cp. ἐν νόμῳ 2:12. λαλεῖν speak under divine inspiration 1 Cor 12:3. ἐγενόμην ἐν πνεύματι I was in a state of inspiration Rv 1:10; 4:2; opp. ἐν ἑαυτῷ γενόμενος came to himself Ac 12:11 (cp. X., An. 1, 5, 17 et al.).—The expr. ἐν πν. εἶναι is also used to express the idea that someone is under the special infl. of a good or even an undesirable spirit: Mt 22:43; Mk 12:36; Lk 2:27; 1 Cor 12:3; Rv 17:3; 21:10. ἄνθρωπος ἐν πν. ἀκαθάρτῳ (ὤν) Mk 1:23 (s. GBjörck, ConNeot 7, ’42, 1–3).—ἐν τῷ πονηρῷ κεῖσθαι be in the power of the evil one 1J 5:19. οἱ ἐν νόμῳ those who are subject to the law Ro 3:19. ἐν τῷ Ἀδὰμ ἀποθνῄσκειν die because of a connection w. Adam 1 Cor 15:22.—On the formula ἐν ὀνόματι (Χριστοῦ) s. ὄνομα 1, esp. dγג. The OT is the source of the expr. ὀμνύναι ἔν τινι swear by someone or someth. (oft. LXX) Mt 5:34ff; 23:16, 18ff; Rv 10:6; παραγγέλλομέν σοι ἐν Ἰησοῦ Ac 19:14 v.l. The usage in ὁμολογεῖν ἔν τινι acknowledge someone Mt 10:32; Lk 12:8 (s. ὁμολογέω 4b) is Aramaic.
    ⑤ marker introducing means or instrument, with, a construction that begins w. Homer (many examples of instrumental ἐν in Radermacher’s edition of Ps.-Demetr., Eloc. p. 100; Reader, Polemo p. 258) but whose wide currency in our lit. is partly caused by the infl. of the LXX, and its similarity to the Hebr. constr. w. בְּ (B-D-F §219; Mlt. 104; Mlt-H. 463f; s. esp. M-M p. 210).
    ⓐ it can serve to introduce persons or things that accompany someone to secure an objective: ‘along with’
    α. pers., esp. of a military force, w. blending of associative (s. 4) and instrumental idea (1 Macc 1:17; 7:14, 28 al.): ἐν δέκα χιλιάσιν ὑπαντῆσαι meet, w. 10,000 men Lk 14:31 (cp. 1 Macc 4:6, 29 συνήντησεν αὐτοῖς Ἰούδας ἐν δέκα χιλιάσιν ἀνδρῶν). ἦλθεν ἐν μυριάσιν αὐτοῦ Jd 14 (cp. Jdth 16:3 ἦλθεν ἐν μυριάσι δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ).
    β. impers. (oft. LXX; PTebt 41, 5 [c. 119 B.C.]; 16, 14 [114 B.C.]; 45, 17 al., where people rush into the village or the house ἐν μαχαίρῃ, ἐν ὅπλοις). (Just., D. 86, 6 τῆς ἀξίνης, ἐν ἧ πεπορευμένοι ἦσαν … κόψαι ξύλα) ἐν ῥάβδῳ ἔρχεσθαι come with a stick (as a means of discipline) 1 Cor 4:21 (cp. Lucian, Dial. Mort. 23, 3 Ἑρμῆν καθικόμενον ἐν τῇ ῥάβδῳ; Gen 32:11; 1 Km 17:43; 1 Ch 11:23; Dssm., B 115f [BS 120]). ἐν πληρώματι εὐλογίας with the full blessing Ro 15:29. ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ Mt 16:28. ἐν αἵματι Hb 9:25 (cp. Mi 6:6). ἐν τῷ ὕδατι καὶ ἐν τῷ αἵματι 1J 5:6. ἐν πνεύματι καὶ δυνάμει τοῦ Ἠλίου equipped w. the spirit and power of Elijah Lk 1:17. φθάνειν ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ come with the preaching of the gospel 2 Cor 10:14. μὴ ἐν ζύμῃ παλαιᾷ not burdened w. old leaven 1 Cor 5:8.
    ⓑ it can serve to express means or instrumentality in terms of location for a specific action (cp. TestAbr A 12 p. 91, 5f [Stone p. 30] κρατῶν ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ ζυγόν; Tat. 9, 2 οἱ ἐν τοῖς πεσσοῖς ἀθύροντες ‘those who play w. gaming pieces’ [as, e.g., in backgammon]): κατακαίειν ἐν πυρί Rv 17:16 (cp. Bar 1:2; 1 Esdr 1:52; 1 Macc 5:5 al.; as early as Il. 24, 38; cp. POxy 2747, 74; Aelian, HA 14, 15. Further, the ἐν Rv 17:16 is not textually certain). ἐν ἅλατι ἁλίζειν, ἀρτύειν Mt 5:13; Mk 9:50; Lk 14:34 (s. M-M p. 210; WHutton, ET 58, ’46/47, 166–68). ἐν τῷ αἵματι λευκαίνειν Rv 7:14. ἐν αἵματι καθαρίζειν Hb 9:22. ἐν ῥομφαίᾳ ἀποκτείνειν kill with the sword Rv 6:8 (1 Esdr 1:50; 1 Macc 2:9; cp. 3:3; Jdth 16:4; ἀπολεῖ ἐν ῥομφαίᾳ En 99:16; 4 [6] Esdr [POxy 1010] ἐν ῥ. πεσῇ … πεσοῦνται ἐν μαχαίρῃ; cp. Lucian, Hist. Conscrib. 12 ἐν ἀκοντίῳ φονεύειν). ἐν μαχαίρῃ πατάσσειν Lk 22:49 (διχοτομήσατε … ἐν μ. GrBar 16:3); ἐν μ. ἀπόλλυσθαι perish by the sword Mt 26:52. ποιμαίνειν ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ Rv 2:27; 12:5; 19:15 (s. ποιμαίνω 2aγ and cp. PGM 36, 109). καταπατεῖν τι ἐν τοῖς ποσίν tread someth. w. the feet Mt 7:6 (cp. Sir 38:29). δύο λαοὺς βλέπω ἐν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς μου I see two peoples with my eyes GJs 17:2 (ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖσιν ὀρᾶν=see with the eyes: cp. Il. 1, 587; Od. 8, 459; Callinus [VII B.C.], Fgm. 1, 20 Diehl2). ποιεῖν κράτος ἐν βραχίονι do a mighty deed w. one’s arm Lk 1:51 (cp. Sir 38:30); cp. 11:20. δικαιοῦσθαι ἐν τῷ αἵματι be justified by the blood Ro 5:9. ἐν ἁγιασμῷ πνεύματος 2 Th 2:13; 1 Pt 1:2; ἐν τ. παρακλήσει 2 Cor 7:7. εὐλογεῖν ἐν εὐλογίᾳ Eph 1:3. λαλοῦντες ἑαυτοῖς ἐν ψάλμοις 5:19. ἀσπάσασθαι … ἐν εὐχῇ greet w. prayer GJs 24:1. Of intellectual process γινώσκειν ἔν τινι know or recognize by someth. (cp. Thuc. 7, 11, 1 ἐν ἐπιστολαῖς ἴστε; Sir 4:24; 11:28; 26:29) J 13:35; 1J 3:19; cp. ἐν τῇ κλάσει τοῦ ἄρτου in the breaking of bread Lk 24:35 (s. 10c).—The ἐν which takes the place of the gen. of price is also instrumental ἠγόρασας ἐν τῷ αἵματί σου Rv 5:9 (cp. 1 Ch 21:24 ἀγοράζω ἐν ἀργυρίῳ).—ἐν ᾧ whereby Ro 14:21.—The idiom ἀλλάσσειν, μεταλλάσσειν τι ἔν τινι exchange someth. for someth. else Ro 1:23, 25 (cp. Ps 105:20) is not un-Greek (Soph., Ant. 945 Danaë had to οὐράνιον φῶς ἀλλάξαι ἐν χαλκοδέτοις αὐλαῖς=change the heavenly light for brass-bound chambers).
    ⑥ marker of agency: with the help of (Diod S 19, 46, 4 ἐν τοῖς μετέχουσι τοῦ συνεδρίου=with the help of the members of the council; Philostrat., Vi. Apoll. 7, 9 p. 259, 31 ἐν ἐκείνῳ ἑαλωκότες) ἐν τῷ ἄρχοντι τ. δαιμονίων ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια Mt 9:34. ἐν ἑτερογλώσσοις λαλεῖν 1 Cor 14:21. κρίνειν τ. οἰκουμένην ἐν ἀνδρί Ac 17:31 (cp. SIG2 850, 8 [173/172 B.C.] κριθέντω ἐν ἄνδροις τρίοις; Synes., Ep. 91 p. 231b ἐν ἀνδρί); perh. 1 Cor 6:2 (s. 1e); ἀπολύτρωσις ἐν Χρ. redemption through Christ Ro 3:24 (cp. ἐν αὐτῷ σωθήσεσθε Just., A I, 60, 3).
    ⑦ marker of circumstance or condition under which someth. takes place: ἐν ᾧ κρίνεις Ro 2:1 (but s. B-D-F §219, 2); ἐν ᾧ δοκιμάζει 14:22; ἐν ᾧ καυχῶνται 2 Cor 11:12; ἐν ᾧ τις τολμᾷ 11:21; ἐν ᾧ καταλαλοῦσιν whereas they slander 1 Pt 2:12, cp. 3:16 (on these Petrine pass. s. also ὅς 1k); ἐν ᾧ ξενίζονται in view of your changed attitude they consider it odd 4:4. ἐν ᾧ in 3:19 may similarly refer to a changed circumstance, i.e. from death to life (WDalton, Christ’s Proclamation to the Spirits, ’65, esp. 135–42: ‘in this sphere, under this influence’ [of the spirit]). Other possibilities: as far as this is concerned: πνεῦμα• ἐν ᾧ spirit; as which (FZimmermann, APF 11, ’35, 174 ‘meanwhile’ [indessen]; BReicke, The Disobedient Spirits and Christian Baptism, ’46, 108–15: ‘on that occasion’=when he died).—Before a substantive inf. (oft. LXX; s. KHuber, Unters. über den Sprachchar. des griech. Lev., diss. Zürich 1916, 83): in that w. pres. inf. (POxy 743, 35 [2 B.C.] ἐν τῷ δέ με περισπᾶσθαι οὐκ ἠδυνάσθην συντυχεῖν Ἀπολλωνίῳ; Just., D. 10, 3 ἐν τῷ μήτε σάββατα τηρεῖν μήτε …) βασανιζομένους ἐν τῷ ἐλαύνειν as they were having rough going in the waves=having a difficult time making headway Mk 6:48. ἐθαύμαζον ἐν τῷ χρονίζειν … αὐτόν they marveled over his delay Lk 1:21. ἐν τῷ τὴν χεῖρα ἐκτείνειν σε in that you extend your hand Ac 4:30; cp. 3:26; Hb 8:13. W. aor. inf. ἐν τῷ ὑποτάξαι αὐτῷ τὰ πάντα Hb 2:8. Somet. the circumstantial and temporal (s. 7 and 10) uses are so intermingled that it is difficult to decide between them; so in some of the pass. cited above, and also Hv 1, 1, 8 et al. (B-D-F §404, 3; Rob. 1073).—WHutton, Considerations for the Translation of ἐν, Bible Translator 9, ’58, 163–70; response by NTurner, ibid. 10, ’59, 113–20.—On ἐν w. article and inf. s. ISoisalon-Soininen, Die Infinitive in der LXX, ’65, 80ff.
    ⑧ marker denoting the object to which someth. happens or in which someth. shows itself, or by which someth. is recognized, to, by, in connection with: ζητεῖν τι ἔν τινι require someth. in the case of someone 1 Cor 4:2; cp. ἐν ἡμῖν μάθητε so that you might learn in connection w. us vs. 6. Cp. Phil 1:30. ἵνα οὕτως γένηται ἐν ἐμοί that this may be done in my case 1 Cor 9:15 (Just., D. 77, 3 τοῦτο γενόμενον ἐν τῷ ἡμετέρῳ Χριστῷ). ἐδόξαζον ἐν ἐμοὶ τὸν θεόν perh. they glorified God in my case Gal 1:24, though because of me and for me are also possible. μήτι ἐν ἐμοὶ ἀνεκεφαλαιώθη ἡ ἱστορία GJs 13:1 (s. ἀνακεφαλαιόω 1). ποιεῖν τι ἔν τινι do someth. to (with) someone (Epict., Ench. 33, 12; Ps.-Lucian, Philopatr. 18 μὴ ἑτεροῖόν τι ποιήσῃς ἐν ἐμοί; Gen 40:14; Jdth 7:24; 1 Macc 7:23) Mt 17:12; Lk 23:31. ἐργάζεσθαί τι ἔν τινι Mk 14:6. ἔχειν τι ἔν τινι have someth. in someone J 3:15 (but ἐν αὐτῷ is oft. constr. w. πιστεύων, cp. v.l.); cp. 14:30 (s. BNoack, Satanas u. Soteria ’48, 92). ἵνα δικαιοσύνης ναὸν ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ σώματι ἀναδείξῃ AcPlCor 2:17 (s. ἀναδείκνυμι 1).—For the ordinary dat. (Diod S 3, 51, 4 ἐν ἀψύχῳ ἀδύνατον=it is impossible for a lifeless thing; Ael. Aristid. 49, 15 K.=25 p. 492 D.: ἐν Νηρίτῳ θαυμαστὰ ἐνεδείξατο=[God] showed wonderful things to N.; 53 p. 629 D.: οὐ γὰρ ἐν τοῖς βελτίστοις εἰσὶ παῖδες, ἐν δὲ πονηροτάτοις οὐκέτι=it is not the case that the very good have children, and the very bad have none [datives of possession]; 54 p. 653 D.: ἐν τ. φαύλοις θετέον=to the bad; EpJer 66 ἐν ἔθνεσιν; Aesop, Fab. 19, 8 and 348a, 5 v.l. Ch.) ἀποκαλύψαι τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ ἐν ἐμοί Gal 1:16. φανερόν ἐστιν ἐν αὐτοῖς Ro 1:19 (Aesop 15c, 11 Ch. τ. φανερὸν ἐν πᾶσιν=evident to all). ἐν ἐμοὶ βάρβαρος (corresp. to τῷ λαλοῦντι βάρβ.) 1 Cor 14:11 (Amphis Com. [IV B.C.] 21 μάταιός ἐστιν ἐν ἐμοί). δεδομένον ἐν ἀνθρώποις Ac 4:12. θεῷ … ἐν ἀνθρώποις Lk 2:14.—Esp. w. verbs of striking against: προσκόπτω, πταίω, σκανδαλίζομαι; s. these entries.
    ⑨ marker of cause or reason, because of, on account of (PParis 28, 13=UPZ 48, 12f [162/161 B.C.] διαλυόμενοι ἐν τῷ λιμῷ; Ps 30:11; 1 Macc 16:3 ἐν τῷ ἐλέει; 2 Macc 7:29; Sir 33:17)
    ⓐ gener. ἁγιάζεσθαι ἔν τινι Hb 10:10; 1 Cor 7:14. ἐν τ. ἐπιθυμίαις τῶν καρδιῶν Ro 1:24; perh. ἐν Ἰσαὰκ κληθήσεταί σοι σπέρμα 9:7; Hb 11:18 (both Gen 21:12). ἐν τῇ πολυλογίᾳ αὐτῶν because of their many words Mt 6:7. ἐν τούτῳ πιστεύομεν this is the reason why we believe J 16:30; cp. Ac 24:16; 1 Cor 4:4 (Just., D. 68, 7 οὐχὶ καὶ ἐν τούτῳ δυσωπήσω ὑμᾶς μὴ πείθεσθαι τοῖς διδασκάλοις ὑμῶν=‘surely you will be convinced by this [argument] to lose confidence in your teachers, won’t you?’); perh. 2 Cor 5:2. Sim., of the occasion: ἔφυγεν ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τούτῳ at this statement Ac 7:29; cp. 8:6. W. attraction ἐν ᾧ = ἐν τούτῳ ὅτι for the reason that = because Ro 8:3; Hb 2:18; 6:17.
    ⓑ w. verbs that express feeling or emotion, to denote that toward which the feeling is directed; so: εὐδοκεῖν (εὐδοκία), εὐφραίνεσθαι, καυχᾶσθαι, χαίρειν et al.
    ⑩ marker of a period of time, in, while, when
    ⓐ indicating an occurrence or action within which, at a certain point, someth. occurs Mt 2:1. ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις 3:1. ἐν τῷ ἑξῆς afterward Lk 7:11. ἐν τῷ μεταξύ meanwhile (PTebt 72, 190; PFlor 36, 5) J 4:31. in the course of, within ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις (X., Ages. 1, 34; Diod S 13, 14, 2; 20, 83, 4; Arrian, Anab. 4, 6, 4 ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις; Aelian, VH 1, 6; IPriene 9, 29; GDI 1222, 4 [Arcadia] ἰν ἁμέραις τρισί; EpArist 24; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1:3 Jac.) Mt 27:40; J 2:19f.
    ⓑ point of time when someth. occurs ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως Mt 11:22 (En 10:6; Just., D. 38, 2; Tat. 12, 4). ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ J 6:44; 11:24; 12:48; cp. 7:37. ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ Mt 8:13; 10:19; cp. 7:22; J 4:53. ἐν σαββάτῳ 12:2; J 7:23. ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ J 11:9 (opp. ἐν τῇ νυκτί vs. 10). ἐν τῷ δευτέρῳ on the second visit Ac 7:13. ἐν τῇ παλιγγενεσίᾳ in the new age Mt 19:28. ἐν τῇ παρουσίᾳ 1 Cor 15:23; 1 Th 2:19; 3:13; Phil 2:12 (here, in contrast to the other pass., there is no reference to the second coming of Christ.—Just., D. 31, 1 ἐν τῇ ἐνδόξῳ γινομένῃ αὐτοῦ παρουσίᾳ; 35, 8; 54, 1 al.); 1J 2:28. ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει in the resurrection Mt 22:28; Mk 12:23; Lk 14:14; 20:33; J 11:24 (Just., D. 45, 2 ἐν τῇ τῶν νεκρῶν ἀναστάσει). ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ σάλπιγγι at the last trumpet-call 1 Cor 15:52. ἐν τῇ ἀποκαλύψει at the appearance of Jesus/Christ (in the last days) 2 Th 1:7; 1 Pt 1:7, 13; 4:13.
    ⓒ to introduce an activity whose time is given when, while, during (Diod S 23, 12, 1 ἐν τοῖς τοιούτοις=in the case of this kind of behavior) ἐν τῇ προσευχῇ when (you) pray Mt 21:22. ἐν τῇ στάσει during the revolt Mk 15:7. ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ in the course of his teaching Mk 4:2; 12:38. If Lk 24:35 belongs here, the sense would be on the occasion of, when (but s. 5b). ἐν αὐτῷ in it (the preaching of the gospel) Eph 6:20. γρηγοροῦντες ἐν αὐτῇ (τῇ προσευχῇ) while you are watchful in it Col 4:2. Esp. w. the pres. inf. used substantively: ἐν τῷ σπείρειν while (he) sowed Mt 13:4; Mk 4:4; cp. 6:48 (s. 7 above and βασανίζω); ἐν τῷ καθεύδειν τοὺς ἀνθρώπους while people were asleep Mt 13:25; ἐν τῷ κατηγορεῖσθαι αὐτόν during the accusations against him 27:12. W. the aor. inf. the meaning is likewise when. Owing to the fundamental significance of the aor. the action is the focal point (s. Rob. 1073, opp. B-D-F §404) ἐν τῷ γενέσθαι τὴν φωνήν Lk 9:36. ἐν τῷ ἐπανελθεῖν αὐτόν 19:15. ἐν τῷ εἰσελθεῖν αὐτούς 9:34.—W. ἐν ᾦ while, as long as (Soph., Trach. 929; Cleanthes [IV/III B.C.] Stoic. I p. 135, 1 [Diog. L. 7, 171]; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 11 Jac.; Plut., Mor. 356c; Arrian, Anab. 6, 12, 1; Pamprepios of Panopolis [V A.D.] 1, 22 [ed. HGerstinger, SBWienAk 208/3, 1928]) Mk 2:19; Lk 5:34; 24:44 D; J 5:7.
    ⑪ marker denoting kind and manner, esp. functioning as an auxiliary in periphrasis for adverbs (Kühner-G. I 466): ἐν δυνάμει w. power, powerfully Mk 9:1; Ro 1:4; Col 1:29; 2 Th 1:11; ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ justly Ac 17:31; Rv 19:11 (cp. Just., A II, 4, 3 and D. 16, 3; 19, 2 ἐν δίκῃ). ἐν χαρᾷ joyfully Ro 15:32. ἐν ἐκτενείᾳ earnestly Ac 26:7. ἐν σπουδῇ zealously Ro 12:8. ἐν χάριτι graciously Gal 1:6; 2 Th 2:16. ἐν (πάσῃ) παρρησίᾳ freely, openly J 7:4; 16:29; Phil 1:20. ἐν πάσῃ ἀσφαλείᾳ Ac 5:23. ἐν τάχει (PHib 47, 35 [256 B.C.] ἀπόστειλον ἐν τάχει) Lk 18:8; Ro 16:20; Rv 1:1; 22:6. ἐν μυστηρίῳ 1 Cor 2:7 (belongs prob. not to σοφία, but to λαλοῦμεν: in the form of a secret; cp. Polyb. 23, 3, 4; 26, 7, 5; Just., D. 63, 2 Μωυσῆς … ἐν παραβολῇ λέγων; 68, 6 εἰρήμενον … ἐν μυστηρίῳ; Diod S 17, 8, 5 ἐν δωρεαῖς λαβόντες=as gifts; 2 Macc 4:30 ἐν δωρεᾷ=as a gift; Sir 26:3; Polyb. 28, 17, 9 λαμβάνειν τι ἐν φερνῇ). Of the norm: ἐν μέτρῳ ἑνὸς ἑκάστου μέρους acc. to the measure of each individual part Eph 4:16. On 1 Cor 1:21 s. AWedderburn, ZNW 64, ’73, 132–34.
    ⑫ marker of specification or substance: w. adj. πλούσιος ἐν ἐλέει Eph 2:4; cp. Tit 2:3; Js 1:8.—of substance consisting in (BGU 72, 11 [191 A.D.] ἐξέκοψαν πλεῖστον τόπον ἐν ἀρούραις πέντε) τὸν νόμον τῶν ἐντολῶν ἐν δόγμασιν Eph 2:15. ἐν μηδενὶ λειπόμενοι Js 1:4 (contrast Just., A I, 67, 6 τοῖς ἐν χρείᾳ οὖσι). Hb 13:21a.— amounting to (BGU 970, 14=Mitt-Wilck. II/2, 242, 14f [177 A.D.] προσηνενκάμην αὐτῷ προοῖκα ἐν δραχμαῖς ἐννακοσίαις) πᾶσαν τὴν συγγένειαν ἐν ψυχαῖς ἑβδομήκοντα πέντε Ac 7:14.—Very rarely for the genitive (Philo Mech. 75, 29 τὸ ἐν τῷ κυλίνδρῳ κοίλασμα; EpArist 31 ἡ ἐν αὐτοῖς θεωρία = ἡ αὐτῶν θ.; cp. 29; Tat. 18, 1 πᾶν τὸ ἐν αὐτῇ εἶδος) ἡ δωρεὰ ἐν χάριτι the free gift in beneficence or grace Ro 5:15.—DELG. LfgrE s.v. ἐν col. 569 (lit. esp. early Greek). M-M. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἐν

  • 11 Allen, Horatio

    [br]
    b. 10 May 1802 Schenectady, New York, USA
    d. 1 January 1890 South Orange, New Jersey, USA
    [br]
    American engineer, pioneer of steam locomotives.
    [br]
    Allen was the Resident Engineer for construction of the Delaware \& Hudson Canal and in 1828 was instructed by J.B. Jervis to visit England to purchase locomotives for the canal's rail extension. He drove the locomotive Stourbridge Lion, built by J.U. Rastrick, on its first trial on 9 August 1829, but weak track prevented its regular use.
    Allen was present at the Rainhill Trials on the Liverpool \& Manchester Railway in October 1829. So was E.L.Miller, one of the promoters of the South Carolina Canal \& Rail Road Company, to which Allen was appointed Chief Engineer that autumn. Allen was influential in introducing locomotives to this railway, and the West Point Foundry built a locomotive for it to his design; it was the first locomotive built in the USA for sale. This locomotive, which bore some resemblance to Novelty, built for Rainhill by John Braithwaite and John Ericsson, was named Best Friend of Charleston. On Christmas Day 1830 it hauled the first scheduled steam train to run in America, carrying 141 passengers.
    In 1832 the West Point Foundry built four double-ended, articulated 2–2–0+0–2–2 locomotives to Horatio Allen's design for the South Carolina railroad. From each end of a central firebox extended two boiler barrels side by side with common smokeboxes and chimneys; wheels were mounted on swivelling sub-frames, one at each end, beneath these boilers. Allen's principal object was to produce a powerful locomotive with a light axle loading.
    Allen subsequently became a partner in Stillman, Allen \& Co. of New York, builders of marine engines, and in 1843 was President of the Erie Railroad.
    [br]
    Further Reading
    J.Marshall, 1978, A Biographical Dictionary of Railway Engineers, Newton Abbot: David \& Charles.
    Dictionary of American Biography.
    R.E.Carlson, 1969, The Liverpool \& Manchester Railway Project 1821–1831, Newton Abbot: David \& Charles.
    J.F.Stover, 1961, American Railroads, Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
    J.H.White Jr, 1994, "Old debts and new visions", in Common Roots—Separate Branches, London: Science Museum, 79–82.
    PJGR

    Biographical history of technology > Allen, Horatio

  • 12 break-even

    seuil m de rentabilité; ACCOUNTANCY point m mort, point d'équilibre;
    ∎ to reach break-even atteindre le seuil de rentabilité
    FINANCE break-even analysis analyse f du point mort;
    break-even deal affaire f blanche;
    break-even point seuil m de rentabilité; ACCOUNTANCY point m mort, point d'équilibre;
    break-even price prix m minimum rentable;
    break-even transaction opération f blanche

    Certainly, digital TV is costing the two partners a lot of money: more than £800 million has been invested so far and at least £300m more will be needed. But the two companies claim that initiatives such as merging digital's management with the rest of ITV, and introducing new channels such as ITV Sport, will give the impetus needed to get to break-even point and beyond.

    English-French business dictionary > break-even

  • 13 way

    way [weɪ]
    chemin ⇒ 1A (a)-(c) voie ⇒ 1A (a) route ⇒ 1A (a), 1A (c) direction ⇒ 1A (d) sens ⇒ 1A (d), 1A (e) parages ⇒ 1A (f) moyen ⇒ 1B (a) méthode ⇒ 1B (a) façon ⇒ 1B (b) manière ⇒ 1B (b), 1B (c) coutume ⇒ 1B (c) habitude ⇒ 1B (c) égard ⇒ 1B (f) rapport ⇒ 1B (f)
    1 noun
    A.
    (a) (thoroughfare, path) chemin m, voie f; (for cars) rue f, route f;
    ∎ we took the way through the woods nous avons pris le chemin qui traverse le bois;
    ∎ they're building a way across the desert ils ouvrent une route à travers le désert;
    ∎ they live across or over the way from the school ils habitent en face de l'école;
    ∎ the house/the people over or across the way la maison/les gens d'en face;
    ∎ pedestrian way voie f ou rue f piétonne;
    ∎ private/public way voie f privée/publique;
    ∎ Religion the Way of the Cross le chemin de Croix
    ∎ this is the way to the library la bibliothèque est par là;
    ∎ could you tell me the way to the library? pouvez-vous me dire comment aller à la bibliothèque?;
    ∎ what's the shortest or quickest way to town? quel est le chemin le plus court pour aller en ville?;
    ∎ that's the way to ruin c'est le chemin de la ruine;
    ∎ we took the long way (round) nous avons pris le chemin le plus long;
    ∎ which way does this bus go? par où passe ce bus?;
    ∎ I had to ask the or my way il a fallu que je demande mon chemin;
    ∎ she knows the way to school elle connaît le chemin de l'école;
    ∎ to know one's way about a place connaître un endroit;
    ∎ you'll soon find your way about tu trouveras bientôt ton chemin tout seul;
    ∎ they went the wrong way ils se sont trompés de chemin, ils ont pris le mauvais chemin;
    ∎ to lose one's way s'égarer, perdre son chemin; figurative s'égarer, se fourvoyer;
    ∎ to know one's way around savoir s'orienter; figurative savoir se débrouiller;
    ∎ the way to a man's heart is through his stomach = pour conquérir le cœur d'un homme, il faut lui faire de bons petits plats
    ∎ the way back le chemin ou la route du retour;
    ∎ I got lost on the way back home je me suis perdu sur le chemin du retour;
    ∎ he couldn't find the way back home il n'a pas trouvé le chemin pour rentrer (à la maison);
    ∎ on our way back we stopped for dinner au retour ou sur le chemin du retour, nous nous sommes arrêtés pour dîner;
    ∎ she showed us the easiest way down/up elle nous a montré le chemin le plus facile pour descendre/monter;
    ∎ the way up is difficult but the way down will be easier la montée est difficile mais la descente sera plus facile;
    ∎ do you know the way down/up? savez-vous par où on descend/on monte?;
    ∎ the way in l'entrée f;
    ∎ the way out la sortie;
    ∎ we looked for a way in/out nous cherchions un moyen d'entrer/de sortir;
    ∎ I took the back way out je suis sorti par derrière;
    ∎ can you find your way out? vous connaissez le chemin pour sortir?;
    ∎ I can find my own way out je trouverai mon chemin;
    ∎ way in (sign) entrée;
    ∎ way out (sign) sortie;
    ∎ figurative miniskirts are on the way back in la minijupe est de retour;
    ∎ miniskirts are on the way out la minijupe n'est plus tellement à la mode;
    ∎ the director is on the way out le directeur ne sera plus là très longtemps;
    ∎ they found a way out of the deadlock ils ont trouvé une solution pour sortir de l'impasse;
    ∎ is there no way out of this nightmare? n'y a-t-il pas moyen de mettre fin à ce cauchemar?;
    ∎ their decision left her no way out leur décision l'a mise dans une impasse;
    ∎ he left himself a way out il s'est ménagé une porte de sortie
    (d) (direction) direction f, sens m;
    ∎ come this way venez par ici;
    ∎ he went that way il est allé par là;
    ∎ is this the way? c'est par ici?;
    ∎ this way to the chapel (sign) vers la chapelle;
    ∎ this way and that de-ci de-là, par-ci par-là;
    ∎ look this way regarde par ici;
    ∎ I never looked their way je n'ai jamais regardé dans leur direction;
    ∎ to look the other way détourner les yeux; figurative fermer les yeux;
    ∎ he didn't know which way to look (embarrassed) il ne savait plus où se mettre;
    ∎ which way is the library from here? par où faut-il passer pour aller à la bibliothèque?;
    ∎ which way did you come? par où êtes-vous venu?;
    ∎ which way did she go? par où est-elle passée?;
    ∎ which way is the wind blowing? d'où vient le vent?;
    ∎ figurative I could tell which way the wind was blowing je voyais très bien ce qui allait se passer;
    ∎ which way does the tap turn? dans quel sens faut-il tourner le robinet?;
    ∎ which way do I go from here? où est-ce que je vais maintenant?; figurative qu'est-ce que je fais maintenant?;
    ∎ get in, I'm going your way montez, je vais dans la même direction que vous;
    ∎ they set off, each going his own way ils sont partis chacun de leur côté;
    ∎ to go one's own way (follow own wishes) faire à sa guise; (differ from others) faire bande à part, suivre son chemin;
    ∎ we each went our separate ways (on road) nous sommes partis chacun de notre côté; (in life) chacun de nous a suivi son propre chemin;
    ∎ he went the wrong way il a pris la mauvaise direction; (down one-way street) il a pris la rue en sens interdit;
    ∎ to come one's way se présenter;
    ∎ any job that comes my way n'importe quel travail qui se présente;
    ∎ if ever the opportunity comes your way si jamais l'occasion se présente;
    ∎ familiar everything's going my way tout marche comme je veux en ce moment;
    ∎ the vote went our way le vote nous a été favorable;
    ∎ the vote couldn't have gone any other way les résultats du vote étaient donnés d'avance;
    ∎ to go one's own way n'en faire qu'à sa tête, vivre à sa guise;
    ∎ to go the way of all flesh or of all things mourir
    (e) (side) sens m;
    ∎ stand the box the other way up posez le carton dans l'autre sens;
    ∎ hold the picture the right way up tenez le tableau dans le bon sens;
    ∎ is it the right way round? est-ce qu'il est à l'endroit?;
    ∎ it's the wrong way up c'est dans le mauvais sens;
    ∎ it's the wrong way round c'est dans le mauvais sens;
    ∎ the curtains are the wrong way round les rideaux sont à l'envers ou dans le mauvais sens;
    ∎ your sweater is the right/wrong way out votre pull est à l'endroit/à l'envers;
    ∎ try it the other way round essayez dans l'autre sens;
    ∎ cats hate having their fur brushed the wrong way les chats détestent qu'on les caresse à rebrousse-poil;
    ∎ SHE insulted him? you've got it the wrong way round elle, elle l'a insulté? mais c'est le contraire;
    ∎ he invited her tonight, last time it was the other way round ce soir c'est lui qui l'a invitée, la dernière fois c'était l'inverse
    (f) (area, vicinity) parages mpl;
    ∎ call in when you're up our way passez nous voir quand vous êtes dans le coin ou dans les parages;
    ∎ I was out or over your way yesterday j'étais près de ou du côté de chez vous hier;
    ∎ the next time you're that way la prochaine fois que vous passerez par là;
    ∎ the blast came from Chicago way l'explosion venait du côté de Chicago;
    ∎ the village is rather out of the way le village est un peu isolé
    ∎ we came part of the way by foot nous avons fait une partie de la route à pied;
    ∎ to go part of the way with sb faire un bout de chemin avec qn;
    ∎ they were one-third of the way through their trip ils avaient fait un tiers de leur voyage;
    ∎ we've come most of the way nous avons fait la plus grande partie du chemin;
    ∎ he talked the entire or whole way il a parlé pendant tout le trajet;
    ∎ he can swim quite a way il peut nager assez longtemps;
    ∎ a long way off or away loin;
    ∎ a little or short way off pas très loin, à courte distance;
    ∎ Susan sat a little way off Susan était assise un peu plus loin;
    ∎ I saw him from a long way off je l'ai aperçu de loin;
    ∎ it's a long way to Berlin Berlin est loin;
    ∎ it's a long way from Paris to Berlin la route est longue de Paris à Berlin;
    ∎ we're a long way from home nous sommes loin de chez nous;
    ∎ we've come a long way (from far away) nous venons de loin; (made progress) nous avons fait du chemin;
    ∎ we've a long way to go (far to travel) il nous reste beaucoup de route à faire; (a lot to do) nous avons encore beaucoup à faire; (a lot to collect, pay) nous sommes encore loin du compte;
    ∎ he has a long way to go to be ready for the exam il est loin d'être prêt pour l'examen
    ∎ it's a long way to Christmas Noël est encore loin;
    ∎ you have to go back a long way il faut remonter loin;
    ∎ figurative I'm a long way from trusting him je suis loin de lui faire confiance;
    ∎ you're a long way off or out (in guessing) vous n'y êtes pas du tout;
    ∎ that's a long way from what we thought ce n'est pas du tout ce qu'on croyait;
    ∎ she'll go a long way elle ira loin;
    ∎ the scholarship will go a long way towards helping with expenses la bourse va beaucoup aider à faire face aux dépenses;
    ∎ a little goodwill goes a long way un peu de bonne volonté facilite bien les choses;
    ∎ you can make a little meat go a long way by doing this utilisez au mieux un petit morceau de viande en faisant ceci;
    ∎ she makes her money go a long way elle sait ménager son argent;
    ∎ a little bit goes a long way il en faut très peu;
    ∎ humorous a little of him goes a long way il est sympa, mais à petites doses
    (i) (space in front of person, object)
    ∎ you're in the way tu gênes le passage; figurative tu gênes, tu me/nous/ etc déranges;
    ∎ a tree was in the way un arbre bloquait ou barrait le passage;
    ∎ a car was in his way une voiture lui barrait le passage ou l'empêchait de passer;
    ∎ I can't see, the cat is in the way je ne vois pas, le chat me gêne;
    ∎ is the lamp in your way? la lampe vous gêne-t-elle?;
    ∎ put the suitcases under the bed out of the way rangez les valises sous le lit pour qu'elles ne gênent pas;
    ∎ to get out of the way s'écarter (du chemin);
    ∎ we got out of his way nous l'avons laissé passer;
    ∎ out of my way! pousse-toi!, laisse-moi passer!;
    ∎ the cars got out of the ambulance's way les voitures ont laissé passer l'ambulance;
    ∎ to get sb out of the way se débarrasser de qn, écarter ou éloigner qn;
    ∎ to get sth out of the way enlever ou pousser qch;
    ∎ figurative let's get the subject of holidays out of the way first réglons d'abord la question des vacances;
    ∎ keep out of the way! ne reste pas là!;
    ∎ make way! écartez-vous!;
    ∎ make way for the parade! laissez passer le défilé!;
    ∎ make way for the President! faites place au Président!;
    ∎ to get in one another's way se gêner (les uns les autres);
    ∎ figurative her social life got in the way of her studies ses sorties l'empêchaient d'étudier;
    ∎ I don't want to get in the way of your happiness je ne veux pas entraver votre bonheur;
    ∎ I kept out of the boss's way j'ai évité le patron;
    ∎ familiar he wants his boss out of the way il veut se débarrasser de son patron□ ;
    ∎ familiar once the meeting is out of the way dès que nous serons débarrassés de la réunion;
    ∎ he is retiring to make way for a younger man il prend sa retraite pour céder la place à un plus jeune;
    ∎ they tore down the slums to make way for blocks of flats ils ont démoli les taudis pour pouvoir construire des immeubles;
    ∎ to clear or prepare the way for sth préparer la voie à qch;
    ∎ to put difficulties in sb's way créer des difficultés à qn;
    ∎ couldn't you see your way (clear) to doing it? ne trouveriez-vous pas moyen de le faire?
    ∎ the acid ate its way through the metal l'acide est passé à travers le métal;
    ∎ I fought or pushed my way through the crowd je me suis frayé un chemin à travers la foule;
    ∎ we made our way towards the train nous nous sommes dirigés vers le train;
    ∎ I made my way back to my seat je suis retourné à ma place;
    ∎ they made their way across the desert ils ont traversé le désert;
    ∎ they made their way down/up the hill ils ont descendu/monté la colline;
    ∎ she made her way up through the hierarchy elle a gravi les échelons de la hiérarchie un par un;
    ∎ she had to make her own way in the world elle a dû faire son chemin toute seule;
    ∎ she talked her way out of it elle s'en est sortie avec de belles paroles;
    ∎ he worked or made his way through the pile of newspapers il a lu les journaux un par un;
    ∎ I worked my way through college j'ai travaillé pour payer mes études;
    ∎ however did it find its way into print? comment en est-on venu à l'imprimer?
    B.
    (a) (means, method) moyen m, méthode f;
    ∎ in what way can I help you? comment ou en quoi puis-je vous être utile?;
    ∎ there are several ways to go or of going about it il y a plusieurs façons ou plusieurs moyens de s'y prendre;
    ∎ I do it this way voilà comment je fais;
    ∎ in one way or another d'une façon ou d'une autre;
    ∎ they thought they would win that way ils pensaient pouvoir gagner comme ça;
    ∎ he's going to handle it his way il va faire ça à sa façon;
    ∎ she has her own way of cooking fish elle a sa façon à elle de cuisiner le poisson;
    ∎ the right/wrong way to do it la bonne/mauvaise façon de le faire;
    ∎ you're doing it the right/wrong way c'est comme ça/ce n'est pas comme ça qu'il faut (le) faire;
    ∎ do it the usual way faites comme d'habitude;
    ∎ there's no way or I can't see any way we'll finish on time nous ne finirons jamais ou nous n'avons aucune chance de finir à temps;
    ∎ Politics ways and means financement m;
    ∎ there are ways and means il y a des moyens;
    ∎ to find a way of doing sth trouver (le) moyen de faire qch;
    ∎ humorous love will find a way l'amour finit toujours par triompher;
    ∎ that's the way to do it! c'est comme ça qu'il faut faire!, voilà comment il faut faire!;
    ∎ American familiar well done! that's the way (to go)! bravo! c'est bien!□ ;
    ∎ what a way to go! (manner of dying) quelle belle mort!; (congratulations) bravo!
    (b) (particular manner, fashion) façon f, manière f;
    ∎ in this way de cette façon;
    ∎ in a friendly way gentiment;
    ∎ he spoke in a general way about the economy il a parlé de l'économie d'une façon générale;
    ∎ she doesn't like the way he is dressed elle n'aime pas la façon dont il est habillé;
    ∎ he doesn't speak the way his family does il ne parle pas comme sa famille;
    ∎ they see things in the same way ils voient les choses de la même façon;
    ∎ in their own (small) way they fight racism à leur façon ou dans la limite de leurs moyens, ils luttent contre le racisme;
    ∎ in the same way, we note that… de même, on notera que…;
    ∎ that's one way to look at it or of looking at it c'est une façon ou manière de voir les choses;
    ∎ my way of looking at it mon point de vue sur la question;
    ∎ that's not my way (of doing things) ce n'est pas mon genre, ce n'est pas ma façon de faire;
    ∎ try to see it my way mettez-vous à ma place;
    ∎ way of speaking/writing façon de parler/d'écrire;
    ∎ to her way of thinking à son avis;
    ∎ the way she feels about him les sentiments qu'elle éprouve à son égard;
    ∎ I didn't think you would take it this way je ne pensais pas que vous le prendriez comme ça;
    ∎ if that's the way you feel about it! si c'est comme ça que vous le prenez!;
    ∎ the American way of life la manière de vivre des Américains, le mode de vie américain;
    ∎ being on the move is a way of life for the gypsy le voyage est un mode de vie pour les gitans;
    ∎ dieting has become a way of life with some people certaines personnes passent leur vie à faire des régimes;
    ∎ yearly strikes have become a way of life les grèves annuelles sont devenues une habitude
    (c) (custom) coutume f, usage m; (habitual manner of acting) manière f, habitude f;
    ∎ we soon got used to her ways nous nous sommes vite habitués à ses manières;
    ∎ I know his little ways je connais ses petites manies;
    ∎ the ways of God and men les voies de Dieu et de l'homme;
    ∎ he knows nothing of their ways il les connaît très mal, il ne les comprend pas du tout;
    ∎ she has a way of tossing her head when she laughs elle a une façon ou manière de rejeter la tête en arrière quand elle rit;
    ∎ they're happy in their own way ils sont heureux à leur manière;
    ∎ he's a genius in his way c'est un génie dans son genre;
    ∎ it's not my way to criticize ce n'est pas mon genre ou ce n'est pas dans mes habitudes de critiquer;
    ∎ he's not in a bad mood, it's just his way il n'est pas de mauvaise humeur, c'est sa façon d'être habituelle;
    ∎ she got into/out of the way of rising early elle a pris/perdu l'habitude de se lever tôt;
    ∎ you'll get into the way of it vous vous y ferez
    (d) (facility, knack)
    ∎ he has a way with children il sait (comment) s'y prendre ou il a le chic avec les enfants;
    ∎ she has a way with words elle a le chic pour s'exprimer;
    ∎ trouble has a way of showing up when least expected les ennuis ont le chic pour se manifester quand on ne s'y attend pas
    (e) (indicating a condition, state of affairs)
    ∎ let me tell you the way it was laisse-moi te raconter comment ça s'est passé;
    ∎ we can't invite him given the way things are on ne peut pas l'inviter étant donné la situation;
    ∎ we left the flat the way it was nous avons laissé l'appartement tel qu'il était ou comme il était;
    ∎ is he going to be staying here? - it looks that way est-ce qu'il va loger ici? - on dirait (bien);
    ∎ it's not the way it looks! ce n'est pas ce que vous pensez!;
    ∎ it's not the way it used to be ce n'est pas comme avant;
    ∎ that's the way things are c'est comme ça;
    ∎ that's the way of the world ainsi va le monde;
    ∎ business is good and we're trying to keep it that way les affaires vont bien et nous faisons en sorte que ça dure;
    ∎ the train is late - that's always the way le train est en retard - c'est toujours comme ça ou pareil;
    ∎ that's always the way with him il est toujours comme ça, c'est toujours comme ça avec lui;
    ∎ life goes on (in) the same old way la vie va son train ou suit son cours;
    ∎ I don't like the way things are going je n'aime pas la tournure que prennent les choses;
    ∎ we'll never finish the way things are going au train où vont les choses, on n'aura jamais fini;
    ∎ to be in a bad way être en mauvais état;
    ∎ he's in a bad way il est dans un triste état;
    ∎ their business is in a bad/good way leurs affaires marchent mal/bien;
    ∎ she's in a fair way to succeed/to becoming president elle est bien partie pour réussir/pour devenir président
    (f) (respect, detail) égard m, rapport m;
    ∎ in what way? à quel égard?, sous quel rapport?;
    ∎ in this way à cet égard, sous ce rapport;
    ∎ it's important in many ways c'est important à bien des égards;
    ∎ in some ways à certains égards, par certains côtés;
    ∎ the job suits her in every way le poste lui convient à tous égards ou à tous points de vue;
    ∎ I'll help you in every possible way je ferai tout ce que je peux pour vous aider;
    ∎ she studied the problem in every way possible elle a examiné le problème sous tous les angles possibles;
    ∎ useful in more ways than one utile à plus d'un égard;
    ∎ these two books, each interesting in its (own) way ces deux livres, qui sont intéressants chacun dans son genre;
    ∎ he's clever that way sur ce plan-là, il est malin;
    ∎ in one way d'un certain point de vue;
    ∎ in a way you're right en un sens vous avez raison;
    ∎ I see what you mean in a way d'un certain point de vue ou d'une certaine manière, je vois ce que tu veux dire;
    ∎ I am in no way responsible je ne suis absolument pas ou aucunement responsable;
    ∎ this in no way changes your situation ceci ne change en rien votre situation;
    ∎ without wanting in any way to criticize sans vouloir le moins du monde critiquer
    ∎ to do things in a big way faire les choses en grand;
    ∎ she went into politics in a big way elle s'est lancée à fond dans la politique;
    ∎ they're in the arms business in a big way ils font de grosses affaires dans l'armement;
    ∎ they helped out in a big way ils ont beaucoup aidé;
    ∎ a grocer in a big/small way un gros/petit épicier;
    ∎ we live in a small way nous vivons modestement;
    ∎ the restaurant is doing quite well in a small way le restaurant marche bien à son échelle;
    ∎ it does change the situation in a small way ça change quand même un peu la situation
    (h) (usu pl) (part, share) we divided the money four ways nous avons partagé l'argent en quatre;
    ∎ the committee was split three ways le comité était divisé en trois groupes
    ∎ we're gathering/losing way nous prenons/perdons de la vitesse;
    ∎ the ship has way on le navire a de l'erre
    ∎ she always gets or has her (own) way elle arrive toujours à ses fins;
    ∎ he only wants it his way il n'en fait qu'à sa tête;
    ∎ I'm not going to let you have it all your (own) way je refuse de te céder en tout;
    ∎ if I had my way, he'd be in prison si cela ne tenait qu'à moi, il serait en prison;
    ∎ I refuse to go - have it your (own) way je refuse d'y aller - fais ce que ou comme tu veux;
    ∎ no, it was 1789 - have it your (own) way non, c'était en 1789 - soit;
    ∎ you can't have it both ways il faut choisir;
    ∎ I can stop too, it works both ways je peux m'arrêter aussi, ça marche dans les deux sens;
    ∎ there are no two ways about it il n'y a pas le choix;
    ∎ no two ways about it, he was rude il n'y a pas à dire, il a été grossier;
    ∎ humorous to have one's (wicked) way with sb coucher avec qn
    (a) (far → in space, time) très loin□ ;
    ∎ they live way over yonder ils habitent très loin par là-bas;
    ∎ way up the mountain très haut dans la montagne□ ;
    ∎ way down south là-bas dans le sud□ ;
    ∎ way back in the distance au loin derrière□ ;
    ∎ way back in the 1930s déjà dans les années 30□
    ∎ we know each other from way back, we go way back nous sommes amis depuis très longtemps□ ;
    ∎ you're way below the standard tu es bien en-dessous du niveau voulu□ ;
    ∎ he's way over forty il a largement dépassé la quarantaine□ ;
    ∎ she's way ahead of her class elle est très en avance sur sa classe□ ;
    ∎ he's way off or out in his guess il est loin d'avoir deviné□
    (c) (very) vachement;
    ∎ he is way crazy il est vachement atteint
    ∎ the baby cried all the way le bébé a pleuré tout le long du chemin;
    ∎ don't close the curtains all the way ne fermez pas complètement les rideaux;
    ∎ prices go all the way from 200 to 1,000 dollars les prix vont de 200 à 1000 dollars;
    ∎ figurative I'm with you all the way je vous suis ou je vous soutiens jusqu'au bout;
    ∎ familiar to go all the way (with sb) aller jusqu'au bout (avec qn)
    en route;
    ∎ I stopped several times along the way je me suis arrêté plusieurs fois en (cours de) route;
    ∎ figurative their project had some problems along the way leur projet a connu quelques problèmes en cours de route
    ∎ I prefer chess by a long way je préfère de loin ou de beaucoup les échecs;
    ∎ this is bigger by a long way c'est nettement ou beaucoup plus grand;
    ∎ he's not as capable as you are by a long way il est loin d'être aussi compétent que toi;
    ∎ is your project ready? - not by a long way! ton projet est-il prêt? - loin de là!
    (incidentally) à propos;
    ∎ by the way, where did he go? à propos, où est-il allé?;
    ∎ by the way, her brother sings much better soit dit en passant, son frère chante beaucoup mieux;
    ∎ I bring up this point by the way je signale ce point au passage ou en passant
    (incidental) secondaire;
    ∎ that point is quite by the way ce détail est tout à fait secondaire
    (a) (via) par, via;
    ∎ to go by way of Brussels passer par Bruxelles
    ∎ by way of illustration à titre d'exemple;
    ∎ she outlined the situation by way of introduction elle a présenté un aperçu de la situation en guise d'introduction;
    ∎ by way of introducing himself, he gave us his card en guise de présentation, il nous a donné sa carte;
    ∎ they receive money by way of grants ils reçoivent de l'argent sous forme de bourses
    (a) (in either case) dans les deux cas;
    ∎ either way I lose dans les deux cas, je suis perdant;
    ∎ shall we take the car or the bus? - it's fine by me or I don't mind either way tu préfères prendre la voiture ou le bus? - n'importe, ça m'est égal
    (b) (more or less) en plus ou en moins;
    ∎ a few days either way could make all the difference quelques jours en plus ou en moins pourraient tout changer
    ∎ the match could have gone either way le match était ouvert;
    de façon à ce que;
    ∎ she answered in such a way as to make me understand elle a répondu de façon à ce que je comprenne
    de telle façon ou manière que
    ∎ she receives little in the way of salary son salaire n'est pas bien gros;
    ∎ what is there in the way of food? qu'est-ce qu'il y a à manger?;
    ∎ do you need anything in the way of paper? avez-vous besoin de papier?;
    ∎ he doesn't have much in the way of brains il n'a rien dans la tête
    ∎ we met in the way of business nous nous sommes rencontrés dans le cadre du travail;
    ∎ they put me in the way of making some money ils m'ont indiqué un moyen de gagner de l'argent
    familiar pas question;
    ∎ will you do it for me? - no way! tu feras ça pour moi? - pas question!;
    ∎ no way am I going to tell him! (il n'est) pas question que je le lui dise!;
    ∎ there's no way that's Jeanne Moreau! tu rigoles?, ce n'est pas Jeanne Moreau!
    ∎ it's on my way c'est sur mon chemin;
    ∎ you pass it on your way to the office vous passez devant en allant au bureau;
    ∎ I'll catch up with you on the way je te rattraperai en chemin ou en route;
    ∎ to stop on the way s'arrêter en chemin;
    ∎ on the way to work en allant au bureau;
    ∎ I'm on my way! j'y vais!;
    ∎ she's on her way home elle rentre chez elle;
    ∎ he's on his way to Paris il est en route pour Paris;
    ∎ on his way to town he met his father en allant en ville, il a rencontré son père;
    ∎ we must be on our way il faut que nous y allions;
    ∎ to go one's way repartir, reprendre son chemin
    ∎ she has a baby on the way elle attend un bébé;
    ∎ her second book is on the way (being written) elle a presque fini d'écrire son deuxième livre; (being published) son deuxième livre est sur le point de paraître;
    ∎ she's on the way to success elle est sur le chemin de la réussite;
    ∎ the patient is on the way to recovery le malade est en voie de guérison;
    ∎ she's (well) on the way to becoming president elle est en bonne voie de devenir président;
    ∎ the new school is well on the way to being finished la nouvelle école est presque terminée
    en fin de compte;
    ∎ I've done quite well for myself one way and another je me suis plutôt bien débrouillé en fin de compte
    (a) (by whatever means) d'une façon ou d'une autre;
    ∎ one way or the other I'm going to get that job! d'une façon ou d'une autre, j'aurai ce boulot!
    ∎ I've nothing to say one way or the other je n'ai rien à dire, ni pour ni contre;
    ∎ a month one way or the other un mois de plus ou de moins
    ∎ to go out of one's way s'écarter de son chemin, dévier de sa route, faire un détour;
    ∎ I don't want to take you out of your way je ne veux pas vous faire faire un détour;
    ∎ figurative don't go out of your way for me! ne vous dérangez pas pour moi!;
    ∎ figurative she went out of her way to find me a job elle s'est donné du mal pour me trouver du travail
    ∎ to be under way (person, vehicle) être en route; figurative (meeting, talks) être en cours; (plans, project) être en train;
    ∎ the meeting was already under way la réunion avait déjà commencé;
    ∎ the project is well under way le projet est en bonne voie de réalisation;
    ∎ Nautical the ship is under way le navire est en route
    ∎ to get under way (person, train) se mettre en route, partir; (car) se mettre en route, démarrer; figurative (meeting, plans, talks) démarrer;
    ∎ they got the plans under way ils ont mis le projet en route;
    ∎ the captain got (the ship) under way le capitaine a appareillé;
    ∎ the ship got under way le navire a appareillé ou a levé l'ancre
    ►► American way station Railways petite gare f; figurative étape f;
    ∎ a way station on the road to success une étape sur la route du succès
    ✾ Play 'The Way of the World' Congreve 'Ainsi va le monde'
    ⓘ We have ways of making you talk Il s'agit de la formule prononcée par les membres de la Gestapo dans les films de guerre anglais des années 50 et 60 lorsqu'ils interrogent des prisonniers de guerre britanniques. Aujourd'hui, on emploie cette expression ("nous avons les moyens de vous faire parler") pour plaisanter en prenant l'accent allemand lorsqu'on veut obtenir une information de quelqu'un.

    Un panorama unique de l'anglais et du français > way

  • 14 start

    start [stɑ:t]
    commencement ⇒ 1 (a) début ⇒ 1 (a) départ ⇒ 1 (a), 1 (b) avance ⇒ 1 (c) sursaut ⇒ 1 (d) commencer ⇒ 2 (a), 3 (a), 3 (c) amorcer ⇒ 2 (a) déclencher ⇒ 2 (b) démarrer ⇒ 2 (d), 3 (d), 3 (f) se mettre en marche ⇒ 3 (d) créer ⇒ 2 (f) installer ⇒ 2 (g) débuter ⇒ 3 (b) partir ⇒ 3 (e) sursauter ⇒ 3 (g)
    1 noun
    (a) (beginning → gen) commencement m, début m; (→ of inquiry) ouverture f; (of journey, race) départ m;
    ∎ it's the start of a new era c'est le début ou le commencement d'une ère nouvelle;
    ∎ the start of the school year la rentrée scolaire;
    ∎ the start of the footpath is marked by an arrow le début du sentier est signalé par une flèche;
    ∎ £5 isn't much, but it's a start 5 livres ce n'est pas grand-chose, mais c'est un début;
    ∎ I've cleaned the kitchen - well, it's a start j'ai nettoyé la cuisine - eh bien, c'est déjà ça;
    ∎ things are off to a bad/good start ça commence mal/bien, c'est mal/bien parti;
    ∎ my new boss and I didn't get off to a very good start dès le début, mes rapports avec mon nouveau patron ont été un peu difficiles;
    ∎ it was a good/bad start to the day la journée commençait bien/mal;
    ∎ it was an inauspicious start to his presidency c'était un début peu prometteur pour sa présidence;
    ∎ to get a good start in life prendre un bon départ dans la vie ou l'existence;
    ∎ we want an education that will give our children a good start nous voulons une éducation qui donne à nos enfants des bases solides;
    ∎ a second honeymoon will give us a fresh start une deuxième lune de miel nous fera repartir d'un bon pied;
    ∎ the programme will give ex-prisoners a fresh or new start (in life) le programme va donner aux anciens détenus une seconde chance (dans la vie);
    ∎ to make a start (gen) commencer; (begin journey) se mettre en route;
    ∎ to make or to get an early start (gen) commencer de bonne heure; (on journey) partir de bonne heure;
    ∎ to make a start on sth commencer qch;
    ∎ I've made a good start on my Christmas shopping j'ai déjà fait une bonne partie de mes achats de Noël;
    ∎ I was lonely at the start au début je me sentais seule;
    ∎ at the start of the war au début de la guerre;
    ∎ at the very start au tout début;
    ∎ (right) from the start dès le début ou commencement;
    ∎ the trip was a disaster from start to finish le voyage a été un désastre d'un bout à l'autre;
    ∎ I laughed from start to finish j'ai ri du début à la fin;
    ∎ the project was ill-conceived from start to finish le projet était mal conçu de bout en bout
    (b) Sport (departure line) (ligne f de) départ m; (signal) signal m de départ;
    ∎ they are lined up for or at the start ils sont sur la ligne de départ;
    ∎ where's the start of the rally? où est le départ du rallye?;
    ∎ wait for the start attendez le signal de départ
    (c) (lead, advance) avance f;
    ∎ she has two hours' start or a two-hour start on us elle a une avance de deux heures sur nous;
    ∎ he gave him 20 metres' start or a 20-metre start il lui a accordé une avance de 20 mètres;
    ∎ our research gives us a start over our competitors nos recherches nous donnent de l'avance sur nos concurrents;
    ∎ to have a start on sb être en avance sur qn
    (d) (jump) sursaut m;
    ∎ she woke up with a start elle s'est réveillée en sursaut;
    ∎ with a start, I recognized my own handwriting j'ai eu un sursaut quand j'ai reconnu ma propre écriture;
    ∎ he gave a start il a tressailli, il a sursauté;
    ∎ to give sb a start faire sursauter ou tressaillir qn;
    ∎ you gave me such a start! tu m'as fait une de ces peurs!
    (a) (begin → gen) commencer; (→ climb, descent) amorcer;
    ∎ I've started the first chapter (write) j'ai commencé (à écrire) le premier chapitre; (read) j'ai commencé (à lire) le premier chapitre;
    ∎ to start doing or to do sth commencer à ou se mettre à faire qch;
    ∎ it's starting to rain il commence à pleuvoir;
    ∎ it had just started raining or to rain when I left il venait juste de commencer à pleuvoir quand je suis parti;
    ∎ she started driving or to drive again a month after her accident elle a recommencé à conduire ou elle s'est remise à conduire un mois après son accident;
    ∎ to start school (for the first time) commencer l'école; (after holidays) rentrer à ou reprendre l'école;
    ∎ she started her speech with a quotation from the Bible elle a commencé son discours par une citation de la Bible;
    ∎ I started my investigation with a visit to Carl j'ai commencé mon enquête par une visite chez Carl;
    ∎ they started the year with a deficit ils ont commencé l'année avec un déficit;
    ∎ he started work at sixteen il a commencé à travailler à seize ans;
    ∎ when do you start your new job? quand commencez-vous votre nouveau travail?;
    ∎ he started life as a delivery boy il débuta dans la vie comme garçon livreur;
    ∎ frogs start life as tadpoles les grenouilles commencent par être des têtards;
    ∎ go ahead and start lunch without me allez-y, vous pouvez commencer (à déjeuner) sans moi;
    ∎ I like to finish anything I start j'aime aller au bout de tout ce que j'entreprends;
    ∎ I think I'm starting a cold je crois que j'ai attrapé un rhume;
    ∎ to get started (person → on task) commencer, s'y mettre; (→ on journey) partir, se mettre en route; (→ in career) débuter, démarrer;
    ∎ I got started on the dishes j'ai commencé la vaisselle;
    ∎ shall we get started on the washing-up? si on attaquait la vaisselle?;
    ∎ to help sb get started in life aider qn à démarrer dans la vie;
    ∎ let's get started! allons-y!;
    ∎ once he gets started there's no stopping him une fois lancé, il n'y a pas moyen de l'arrêter;
    ∎ I need a coffee to get me started in the morning j'ai besoin d'un café pour commencer la journée
    (b) (initiate, instigate → reaction, revolution, process) déclencher; (→ fashion) lancer; (→ violence) déclencher, provoquer; (→ conversation, discussion) engager, amorcer; (→ rumour) faire naître;
    ∎ her article started the controversy son article a été à l'origine de la controverse;
    ∎ to start legal proceedings engager une action en justice;
    ∎ which side started the war? quel camp a déclenché la guerre?;
    ∎ you started it c'est toi qui as commencé;
    ∎ it wasn't me who started the quarrel/the fight! ce n'est pas moi qui ai commencé la dispute/la bagarre!;
    ∎ the breakup of the empire started the process of decline le démantèlement de l'empire a déclenché le processus de déclin;
    ∎ to start a fire (in fireplace) allumer le feu; (campfire) faire du feu; (by accident, bomb) mettre le feu;
    ∎ the fire was started by arsonists l'incendie a été allumé par des pyromanes;
    ∎ familiar are you trying to start something? tu cherches la bagarre, ou quoi?
    (c) (cause to do → person) faire;
    ∎ it started her (off) crying/laughing cela l'a fait pleurer/rire;
    ∎ the news is going to start tongues wagging la nouvelle va faire jaser;
    ∎ I'll start a team (working) on it right away je vais mettre une équipe là-dessus tout de suite;
    ∎ if you start him on this subject he will never stop si vous le lancez sur ce sujet il ne tarira pas
    (d) (set in motion → motor, car) (faire) démarrer, mettre en marche; (→ machine, device) mettre en marche; (→ meal) mettre en route;
    ∎ how do I start the tape (going)? comment est-ce que je dois faire pour mettre le magnétophone en marche?;
    ∎ I couldn't get the car started je n'ai pas réussi à faire démarrer la voiture;
    ∎ to start the printer again, press this key pour remettre en marche l'imprimante, appuyez sur cette touche
    (e) (begin using → bottle, pack) entamer
    (f) (establish, found → business, school, political party) créer, fonder; (→ restaurant, shop) ouvrir; (→ social programme) créer, instaurer;
    ∎ to start a newspaper créer ou fonder un journal;
    ∎ to start a family fonder un foyer
    (g) (person → in business, work) installer, établir;
    ∎ he started his son in the family business il a fait entrer son fils dans l'entreprise familiale;
    ∎ his election success started him on his political career son succès aux élections l'a lancé dans sa carrière d'homme politique;
    ∎ they start new pilots on domestic flights ils font débuter les nouveaux pilotes sur les vols intérieurs
    ∎ to start the race donner le signal du départ;
    ∎ the referee blew his whistle to start the match l'arbitre siffla pour signaler le début du match
    (i) Hunting (flush out → hare, stag) lever
    (a) (begin) commencer;
    ∎ the movie starts at 8 o'clock le film commence à 20 heures;
    ∎ when did the contractions start? quand les contractions ont-elles commencé?;
    ∎ school starts on September 5th la rentrée a lieu ou les cours reprennent le 5 septembre;
    ∎ our problems are just starting nos ennuis ne font que commencer;
    ∎ before the New Year/the rainy season starts avant le début de l'année prochaine/de la saison des pluies;
    ∎ before the cold weather starts avant qu'il ne commence à faire froid;
    ∎ starting (from) next week à partir de la semaine prochaine;
    ∎ to start again or afresh recommencer;
    ∎ to start all over again, to start again from scratch recommencer à zéro;
    ∎ calm down and start at the beginning calmez-vous et commencez par le commencement;
    ∎ I didn't know where to start je ne savais pas par quel bout commencer;
    ∎ she started with a joke/by introducing everyone elle a commencé par une plaisanterie/par faire les présentations;
    ∎ I'd like to start by saying how pleased I am to be here tonight j'aimerais commencer par vous dire à quel point je suis heureux d'être parmi vous ce soir;
    ∎ the book starts with a quotation le livre commence par une citation;
    ∎ I'll have the soup to start (with) pour commencer, je prendrai du potage;
    ∎ to start as one means to go on donner la mesure dès le début;
    ∎ isn't it time you got a job? - don't YOU start! il serait peut-être temps que tu trouves du travail - tu ne vas pas t'y mettre, toi aussi!
    (b) (in career, job) débuter;
    ∎ she started in personnel/as an assistant elle a débuté au service du personnel/comme assistante;
    ∎ have you been working here long? - no, I've just started vous travaillez ici depuis longtemps? - non, je viens de commencer;
    ∎ I start on $500 a week je débute à 500 dollars par semaine;
    ∎ gymnasts have to start young les gymnastes doivent commencer jeunes
    (c) (in space → desert, fields, slope, street) commencer; (→ river) prendre sa source;
    ∎ the neutral zone starts at the river la zone neutre commence à la rivière;
    ∎ there's an arrow where the path starts il y a une flèche qui indique le début du sentier;
    ∎ the bus route starts at the station la ligne de bus commence à la gare;
    ∎ where does the tunnel start? où est l'entrée du tunnel?
    (d) (car, motor) démarrer, se mettre en marche;
    ∎ the engines started with a roar les moteurs ont démarré en vrombissant;
    ∎ why won't the car start? pourquoi la voiture ne veut-elle pas démarrer?
    (e) (set off → person, convoy) partir, se mettre en route; (→ train) s'ébranler;
    ∎ the tour starts at or from the town hall la visite part de la mairie;
    ∎ I'll have to start for the airport soon il va bientôt falloir que je parte pour l'aéroport;
    ∎ we start tomorrow nous partons demain;
    ∎ the train was starting across or over the bridge le train commençait à traverser le pont ou s'engageait sur le pont;
    ∎ she started along the path elle s'engagea sur le sentier;
    ∎ Sport only four horses started quatre chevaux seulement ont pris le départ
    (f) (prices) démarrer;
    ∎ houses here start at $100,000 ici, le prix des maisons démarre à 100 000 dollars;
    ∎ return fares start from £299 on trouve des billets aller retour à partir de 299 livres
    (g) (jump involuntarily → person) sursauter; (→ horse) tressaillir, faire un soubresaut; (jump up) bondir;
    ∎ he started in surprise il a tressailli de surprise;
    ∎ she started from her chair elle bondit de sa chaise;
    ∎ to start out of one's sleep se réveiller en sursaut
    (h) (gush) jaillir, gicler;
    ∎ tears started to his eyes les larmes lui sont montées aux yeux
    pour commencer, d'abord
    American familiar pour commencer, d'abord
    (a) (firstly) pour commencer, d'abord;
    ∎ to start with, my name isn't Jo pour commencer ou d'abord, je ne m'appelle pas Jo
    (b) (in the beginning) au début;
    ∎ there were only six members to start with il n'y avait que six membres au début;
    ∎ she was an architect to start with, then a journalist elle a d'abord été architecte, puis journaliste
    ►► Computing start bit bit m de départ;
    Computing start button (in Windows) bouton m Démarrer;
    Computing start code code m de départ
    (a) (turn back) rebrousser chemin
    (b) (start again) recommencer;
    ∎ the children start back at school tomorrow c'est la rentrée scolaire demain
    s'attaquer à;
    ∎ I started in on the pile of mail je me suis attaqué à la pile de courrier;
    ∎ once he starts in on liberty and democracy, there's no stopping him une fois qu'il est lancé sur le sujet de la liberté et de la démocratie, il n'y a plus moyen de l'arrêter;
    ∎ familiar to start in on sb s'en prendre à qn□, tomber à bras raccourcis sur qn
    (a) (begin → book, meeting, show) commencer;
    ∎ she started the meeting off with introductions elle a commencé la réunion en faisant les présentations
    (b) (person → on task, in business)
    ∎ here's some wool to start you off voici de la laine pour commencer;
    ∎ he lent us a couple of thousand pounds to start us off il nous a prêté quelques milliers de livres pour nous aider à démarrer;
    ∎ the pianist played a few bars to start them off le pianiste a joué quelques mesures d'introduction
    (c) (set off) déclencher;
    ∎ what started the alarm off? qu'est-ce qui a déclenché l'alarme?;
    ∎ if you mention it it'll only start her off again n'en parle pas, sinon elle va recommencer;
    ∎ to start sb off laughing/crying faire rire/pleurer qn;
    ∎ the baby's crying again, what started him off this time? le bébé s'est remis à pleurer, qu'est-ce qu'il a cette fois?;
    ∎ dad's finally calmed down, don't you start him off again papa s'est enfin calmé, ne va pas l'énerver
    (a) (leave) partir, se mettre en route;
    ∎ he started off at a run il est parti en courant;
    ∎ when do you start off on your trip? quand est-ce que vous partez en voyage?
    (b) (begin → speech, film) commencer;
    ∎ it starts off with a description of the town ça commence par une description de la ville;
    ∎ start off with a summary of the problem commencez par un résumé du problème;
    ∎ she started off by talking about… elle commença en parlant de…;
    ∎ the interview started off badly/well l'entretien a mal/bien commencé;
    ∎ I started off agreeing with him au début, j'étais d'accord avec lui
    (c) (in life, career) débuter;
    ∎ he started off as a cashier il a débuté comme caissier;
    ∎ she started off as a Catholic elle était catholique à l'origine;
    ∎ you're starting off with all the advantages vous partez avec tous les avantages
    (a) (begin → essay, meal) commencer; (→ task, dishes) se mettre à; (→ new bottle, pack) entamer;
    ∎ they had already started on their dessert ils avaient déjà commencé à manger ou entamé leur dessert;
    ∎ after they'd searched the car they started on the luggage après avoir fouillé la voiture, ils sont passés aux bagages
    (b) (attack, berate) s'en prendre à;
    ∎ don't start on me, I'm not to blame! ne t'en prends pas à moi, ce n'est pas de ma faute!
    (a) (begin journey) partir, se mettre en route
    (b) (begin career) débuter;
    ∎ he started out as a cashier il a débuté comme caissier;
    ∎ she started out as a Catholic elle était catholique à l'origine;
    ∎ he started out in business with his wife's money il s'est lancé dans les affaires avec l'argent de sa femme;
    ∎ when she started out there were only a few women lawyers quand elle a commencé sa carrière, il y avait très peu de femmes avocats
    ∎ he started out to write a novel au départ il voulait écrire un roman
    recommencer (depuis le début)
    recommencer (depuis le début)
    (a) (establish, found → business, school, political party) créer, fonder; (→ restaurant, shop) ouvrir
    (b) (set in motion → car, motor) faire démarrer; (→ machine) mettre en marche; (→ computer) mettre en route; (→ program) lancer, démarrer
    (a) (guns, music, noise, band) commencer; (wind) se lever;
    ∎ the applause started up again les applaudissements ont repris
    (b) (car, motor) démarrer, se mettre en marche; (machine) se mettre en marche; (computer, program) se mettre en route
    (c) (set up business) se lancer, s'installer, s'établir;
    ∎ he decided to start up by himself il a décidé de se mettre à son compte
    ⓘ I've started so I'll finish Le jeu télévisé britannique Mastermind fut diffusé de 1972 à 1997. Les concurrents de ce jeu portant sur la culture générale devaient répondre au plus grand nombre de questions possible en l'espace de deux minutes. Si l'animateur était en train de poser une question lorsque retentissait la sonnerie qui annonçait la fin du temps imparti, il prononçait rituellement ces mots ("j'ai commencé, je vais donc finir") avant de finir de lire la question au concurrent. Aujourd'hui, on utilise cette phrase par allusion au jeu télévisé lorsqu'on est interrompu.

    Un panorama unique de l'anglais et du français > start

  • 15 AT

    I) prep.
    A. with dative.
    I. Of motion;
    1) towards, against;
    Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;
    hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;
    Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;
    þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;
    3) to, at;
    koma at landi, to come to land;
    ganga at dómi, to go into court;
    4) along (= eptir);
    ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;
    dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;
    refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;
    5) denoting hostility;
    renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;
    gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;
    6) around;
    vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;
    bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;
    7) denoting business, engagement;
    ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;
    fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.
    II. Of position, &c.;
    1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;
    at kirkju, at church;
    at dómi, in court;
    at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;
    2) denoting participation in;
    vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;
    3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;
    kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;
    var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;
    4) with proper names of places (farms);
    konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;
    biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;
    at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;
    5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;
    at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;
    at Marðar, at Mara’s home;
    at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;
    at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).
    III. Of time;
    1) at, in;
    at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;
    at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;
    at páskum, at Easter;
    at kveldi, at eventide;
    at fjöru, at the ebb;
    at flœðum, at the floodtide;
    2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;
    at ári komanda, next year;
    at vári, er kemr, next spring;
    generally with ‘komanda’ understood;
    at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;
    3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;
    at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;
    at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;
    at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;
    at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;
    at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;
    at honum önduðum, after his death;
    4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;
    hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;
    skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;
    at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.
    IV. fig. and in various uses;
    1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;
    brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;
    verða at ormi, to become a snake;
    2) for, as;
    gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;
    eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;
    3) by;
    taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;
    draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;
    kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;
    auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;
    vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;
    5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;
    ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;
    6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;
    faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);
    aðili at sök = aðili sakar;
    7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;
    hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;
    mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;
    tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;
    kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;
    8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;
    Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);
    þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;
    hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;
    9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);
    at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;
    at landslögum, by the law of the land;
    at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;
    10) in adverbial phrases;
    gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;
    bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;
    at fullu, fully;
    at vísu, surely;
    at frjálsu, freely;
    at eilífu, for ever and ever;
    at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;
    at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;
    at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.
    B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);
    sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;
    at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;
    connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;
    at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.
    1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;
    at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;
    2) in an objective sense;
    hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;
    gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;
    3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).
    1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;
    hón grét at meir, she wept the more;
    þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;
    þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;
    2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);
    þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;
    sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.
    conj., that;
    1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;
    þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;
    vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;
    2) relative to svá, denoting proportion, degree;
    svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;
    3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);
    4) since, because, as (= því at);
    5) connected with þó, því, svá;
    þó at (with subj.), though, although;
    því at, because, for;
    svá at, so that;
    6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;
    þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;
    þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;
    áðr at (= á. en), before;
    7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;
    Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;
    in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.
    V)
    negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.
    odda at, Yggs at, battle.
    * * *
    1.
    and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is að (aþ); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (að), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.
    Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.
    WITH DAT.
    A. LOC.
    I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:
    1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.
    2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.
    3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)
    4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.
    5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.
    β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.
    6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.
    β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.
    γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.
    7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.
    β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.
    8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.
    β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.
    II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.
    2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.
    3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:
    α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.
    β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.
    γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.
    4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.
    5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.
    6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.
    β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.
    γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.
    7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.
    B. TEMP.
    I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.
    II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.
    β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.
    III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:
    1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,
    2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.
    IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:
    1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.
    2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.
    3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.
    V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.
    2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.
    C. METAPH. and in various cases:
    I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:
    α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.
    β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.
    II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.
    2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.
    III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.
    IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.
    2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)
    3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.
    4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.
    5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.
    6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.
    β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.
    V. denoting the source of a thing:
    1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.
    2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.
    VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.
    VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.
    VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.
    β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.
    IX. following many words:
    1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.
    β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …
    γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.
    δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.
    2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.
    3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.
    WITH ACC.
    TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.
    ☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.
    2.
    and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.
    I. it is used either,
    1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,
    2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.
    β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).
    3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.
    II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:
    α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.
    β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.
    γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.
    δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.
    ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.
    ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.
    η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.
    θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.
    3.
    and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.
    I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.
    II. it is used,
    1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.
    2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.
    β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.
    γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.
    III. used in connection with conjunctions,
    1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.
    α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yet—though, Lat. attamen —etsi, K. Þ. K.
    β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.
    γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.
    2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.
    IV. as a relat. conj.:
    1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.
    2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.
    V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.
    4.
    and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.
    5.
    n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.
    β. a fight or bait of wild animals, esp. of horses, v. hesta-at and etja.
    6.
    the negative verbal suffix, v. -a.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AT

  • 16 to

    [tu:, tu, tə] prep
    1) ( moving towards) in +akk, nach +dat, zu +dat;
    she walked over \to the window sie ging [hinüber] zum Fenster [o ans Fenster];
    \to the right/ left nach rechts/links;
    there \to the right dort rechts;
    he's standing \to the left of Adrian er steht links neben Adrian;
    \to the north/ south nördlich/südlich;
    twenty miles \to the north of the city zwanzig Meilen nördlich der Stadt;
    the suburbs are \to the west of the city die Vororte liegen im Westen der Stadt;
    parallel \to the x axis parallel zur x-Achse;
    we're going \to town wir gehen/fahren in die Stadt;
    \to the mountains in die Berge;
    \to the sea ans Meer;
    \to the park in den Park;
    from here \to the station von hier [bis] zum Bahnhof;
    the way \to the town centre der Weg ins Stadtzentrum;
    they go \to work on the bus sie fahren mit dem Bus zur Arbeit;
    I'm going \to a party/ concert ich gehe auf eine Party/ein Konzert;
    she has to go \to a meeting now sie muss jetzt zu einem Meeting [gehen];
    we moved \to Germany last year wir sind letztes Jahr nach Deutschland gezogen;
    he flew \to the US er flog in die USA;
    she's never been \to Mexico before sie ist noch nie [zuvor] in Mexiko gewesen;
    my first visit \to Africa mein erster Aufenthalt in Afrika;
    this is a road \to nowhere! diese Straße führt nirgendwohin!
    2) ( attending regularly) zu +dat, in +dat;
    she goes \to kindergarten sie geht in den Kindergarten;
    he goes \to college er geht zur Hochschule [o studiert an der Hochschule];
    do you go \to church? gehst du in die Kirche?;
    I go \to the gym twice a week ich gehe zweimal wöchentlich in die Turnhalle
    3) ( inviting to) zu +dat;
    an invitation \to a wedding eine Einladung zu einer Hochzeit;
    I've asked them \to dinner ich habe sie zum Essen eingeladen;
    she took me out \to lunch yesterday sie hat mich gestern zum Abendessen ausgeführt [o eingeladen];
    4) ( in direction of) auf +akk;
    she pointed \to a distant spot on the horizon sie zeigte auf einen fernen Punkt am Horizont;
    to have one's back \to sth/sb etw/jdm den Rücken zudrehen;
    back \to front verkehrt herum
    5) ( in contact with) an +dat;
    they were dancing cheek \to cheek sie tanzten Wange an Wange;
    she put her hand \to his breast sie legte die Hand auf seine Brust;
    she clasped the letter \to her bosom sie drückte den Brief an ihren Busen
    6) ( attached to) an +akk;
    tie the lead \to the fence mache die Leine am Zaun fest;
    they fixed the bookshelves \to the wall sie brachten die Bücherregale an der Wand an;
    stick the ads \to some paper klebe die Anzeigen auf ein Blatt Papier
    7) ( with indirect object) mit +dat;
    I lent my bike \to my brother ich habe meinem Bruder mein Fahrrad geliehen;
    give that gun \to me gib mir das Gewehr;
    he is married \to his cousin Emma er ist mit seiner Kusine Emma verheiratet;
    I told that \to Glyn ich habe das Glyn erzählt;
    you should show that rash \to the doctor du solltest den Ausschlag dem Arzt zeigen;
    what have they done \to you? was haben sie dir [an]getan?;
    children are often cruel \to each other Kinder sind oft grausam zueinander;
    who's the letter addressed \to? an wen ist der Brief gerichtet [o adressiert] ?;
    her knowledge proved useful \to him ihr Wissen erwies sich als hilfreich für ihn;
    I am deeply grateful \to my parents ich bin meinen Eltern zutiefst dankbar;
    a threat \to world peace eine Bedrohung des Weltfriedens [o für den Weltfrieden];
    they made a complaint \to the manager sie reichten beim Geschäftsleiter eine Beschwerde ein
    8) ( with respect to) zu +dat;
    and what did you say \to that? und was hast du dazu gesagt?;
    he finally confessed \to the crime er gestand schließlich das Verbrechen;
    this is essential \to our strategy dies ist ein wesentlicher Bestandteil unserer Strategie;
    ( in response) auf +akk;
    a reference \to Psalm 22:18 ein Verweis auf Psalm 22:18;
    her reply \to the question ihre Antwort auf die Frage;
    and what was her response \to that? und wie lautete ihr Antwort darauf?
    9) ( belonging to) zu +dat;
    the keys \to his car seine Autoschlüssel;
    the top \to this pen die Kappe zu diesem Stift;
    she has a mean side \to her sie kann auch sehr gemein sein;
    there is a very moral tone \to this book dieses Buch hat einen sehr moralischer Ton;
    there's a funny side \to everything alles hat auch seine komische Seite
    10) ( compared to) mit +dat;
    I prefer beef \to seafood ich ziehe Rindfleisch Meeresfrüchten vor;
    frogs' legs are comparable \to chicken Froschschenkel sind mit Hühnerfleisch vergleichbar;
    a colonel is superior \to a sergeant ein Oberst ist ein höherer Dienstgrad als ein Unteroffizier;
    she looked about thirty \to his sixty gegenüber seinen sechzig Jahren wirkte sie wie dreißig;
    [to be] nothing \to sth nichts im Vergleich zu etw dat [sein];
    her wage is nothing \to what she could earn ihr Einkommen steht in keinem Vergleich zu dem, was sie verdienen könnte
    11) ( in scores) zu +dat;
    Paul beat me by three games \to two Paul hat im Spiel drei zu zwei gegen mich gewonnen;
    Manchester won three \to to one Manchester hat drei zu eins gewonnen
    12) ( until) bis +dat, zu +dat;
    I read up \to page 100 ich habe bis Seite 100 gelesen;
    unemployment has risen \to almost 8 million die Arbeitslosigkeit ist auf fast 8 Millionen angestiegen;
    count \to 20 bis 20 zählen;
    it's about fifty miles \to New York es sind [noch] etwa fünfzig Meilen bis New York
    he converted \to Islam er ist zum Islam übergetreten;
    his expression changed from amazement \to joy sein Ausdruck wechselte von Erstaunen zu Freude;
    the change \to the metric system der Wechsel zum metrischen System;
    her promotion \to department manager ihre Beförderung zur Abteilungsleiterin;
    the meat was cooked \to perfection das Fleisch war perfekt zubereitet [worden];
    he drank himself \to death er trank sich zu Tode;
    she nursed me back \to health sie hat mich [wieder] gesund gepflegt;
    smashed \to pieces in tausend Stücke geschlagen;
    she was close \to tears sie war den Tränen nahe;
    he was thrilled \to bits er freute sich wahnsinnig
    14) ( to point in time) bis +dat;
    the shop is open \to 8.00 p.m. der Laden hat bis 20 Uhr geöffnet;
    we're in this \to the end wir führen dies bis zum Ende;
    and \to this day... und bis auf den heutigen Tag...;
    it's only two weeks \to your birthday! es sind nur noch zwei Wochen bis zu deinem Geburtstag!
    from... \to... von... bis...;
    from beginning \to end von Anfang bis Ende;
    from morning \to night von Kopf bis Fuß;
    front \to back von vorne bis hinten, von allen Seiten;
    I read the document front \to back ich habe das Dokument von vorne bis hinten gelesen;
    he's done everything from snowboarding \to windsurfing er hat von Snowboarden bis Windsurfen alles [mal] gemacht;
    from simple theft \to cold-blooded murder vom einfachen Diebstahl bis zum kaltblütigen Mord
    16) ( Brit) ( in clock times) vor +dat in Southern Germany bis +dat;
    it's twenty \to six es ist zwanzig vor sechs
    17) ( causing) zu +dat;
    \to my relief/ horror/ astonishment zu meiner Erleichterung/meinem Entsetzen/meinem Erstaunen;
    much \to her surprise zu ihrer großen Überraschung
    18) ( according to) für +akk;
    \to me, it sounds like he's ending the relationship für mich hört sich das an, als ob er die Beziehung beenden wollte;
    that outfit looks good \to me das Outfit gefällt mir gut;
    if it's acceptable \to you wenn Sie einverstanden sind;
    this would be \to your advantage das wäre zu deinem Vorteil, das wäre für dich von Vorteil;
    does this make any sense \to you? findest du das auf irgendeine Weise einleuchtend?;
    fifty pounds is nothing \to him fünfzig Pfund bedeuten ihm nichts;
    what's it \to you? ( fam) was geht dich das an?
    19) ( serving) für +akk;
    as a personal trainer \to the rich and famous als persönlicher Trainer der Reichen und Berühmten;
    they are hat makers \to Her Majesty the Queen sie sind Hutmacher Ihrer Majestät, der Königin;
    economic adviser \to the president Wirtschaftsberater des Präsidenten; film ( next to)
    she was Ophelia \to Olivier's Hamlet sie spielte die Ophelia neben Oliviers Hamlet
    20) ( in honour of) auf +akk;
    here's \to you! auf dein/Ihr Wohl!;
    \to the cook! auf den Koch/die Köchin!;
    the record is dedicated \to her mother die Schallplatte ist ihrer Mutter gewidmet;
    I propose a toast \to the bride and groom ich bringe einen Toast auf die Braut und den Bräutigam aus;
    a memorial \to all the soldiers who died in Vietnam ein Denkmal für alle im Vietnamkrieg gefallenen Soldaten
    21) ( per)
    the car gets 25 miles \to the gallon das Auto verbraucht eine Gallone auf 25 Meilen;
    three parts oil \to one part vinegar drei Teile Öl auf einen Teil Essig;
    the odds are 2 \to 1 that you'll lose die Chancen stehen 2 zu 1, dass du verlierst
    22) ( as a result of) von +dat;
    she awoke \to the sound of screaming sie erwachte von lautem Geschrei;
    he left the stage \to the sound of booing er ging unter den Buhrufen von der Bühne;
    I like exercising \to music ich trainiere gern zu [o mit] Musik;
    I can't dance \to this sort of music ich kann zu dieser Art Musik nicht tanzen;
    the band walked on stage \to rapturous applause die Band zog unter tosendem Applaus auf die Bühne
    23) ( roughly) bis +dat;
    thirty \to thirty-five people dreißig bis fünfunddreißig Leute
    ten \to the power of three zehn hoch drei
    PHRASES:
    that's all there is \to it das ist schon alles;
    there's not much [or nothing] \to it das ist nichts Besonderes, da ist nichts Besonderes dabei in forming infinitives
    she agreed \to help sie erklärte sich bereit zu helfen;
    I'll have \to tell him ich werde es ihm sagen müssen;
    I don't expect \to be finished any later than seven ich denke, dass ich spätestens um sieben fertig sein werde;
    sadly she didn't live \to see her grandchildren leider war es ihr nicht vergönnt, ihre Enkel noch zu erleben;
    I have \to go on a business trip ich muss auf eine Geschäftsreise;
    the company is \to pay over £500,000 die Firma muss über £500.000 bezahlen;
    he's going \to write his memoirs er wird seine Memoiren schreiben;
    I have some things \to be fixed ich habe einige Dinge zu reparieren;
    Blair \to meet with Putin Blair trifft Putin;
    be about \to do sth gerade etw tun wollen, im Begriff sein etw zu tun
    she was told \to have the report finished by Friday sie wurde gebeten, den Bericht bis Freitag fertig zu stellen;
    he told me \to wait er sagte mir, ich solle warten;
    I asked her \to give me a call ich bat sie, mich anzurufen;
    we asked her \to explain wir baten sie, es uns zu erklären;
    you've not \to do that du sollst das nicht tun;
    that man is not \to come here again der Mann darf dieses Haus nicht mehr betreten;
    young man, you're \to go to your room right now junger Mann, du gehst jetzt auf dein Zimmer
    3) ( expressing wish) zu;
    I need \to eat something first ich muss zuerst etwas essen;
    I'd love \to live in New York ich würde liebend [o nur zu] gern in New York leben;
    would you like \to dance? möchten Sie tanzen?;
    that child ought \to be in bed das Kind sollte [schon] im Bett sein;
    I want \to go now ich möchte jetzt gehen;
    I need \to go to the bathroom ich muss noch einmal zur [o auf die] Toilette;
    do you want \to come with us? willst du [mit uns] mitkommen?;
    I'd love \to go to France this summer ich würde diesen Sommer gern nach Frankreich fahren
    are you going tonight? - I'm certainly hoping \to gehst du heute Abend? - das hoffe ich sehr;
    would you like to go and see the Russian clowns? - yes, I'd love \to möchtest du gern die russischen Clowns sehen? - ja, sehr gern;
    can you drive? - yes I'm able \to but I prefer not \to kannst du Auto fahren? - ja, das kann ich, aber ich fahre nicht gern
    it's not likely \to happen es ist unwahrscheinlich, dass das geschieht, das wird wohl kaum geschehen;
    I was afraid \to tell her ich hatte Angst, es ihr zu sagen;
    he's able \to speak four languages er spricht vier Sprachen;
    she's due \to have her baby sie soll bald ihr Baby bekommen;
    I'm afraid \to fly ich habe Angst vorm Fliegen;
    she's happy \to see you back sie ist froh, dass du wieder zurück bist;
    I'm sorry \to hear that es ist tut mir leid, das zu hören;
    easy \to use leicht zu bedienen;
    languages are fun \to learn Sprachenlernen macht Spaß;
    it is interesting \to know that es ist interessant, das zu wissen;
    three months is too long \to wait drei Monate zu warten ist zu lang;
    I'm too nervous \to talk right now ich bin zu nervös, um jetzt zu sprechen
    I'm going there \to see my sister ich gehe dort hin, um meine Schwester zu treffen;
    she's gone \to pick Jean up sie ist Jean abholen gegangen;
    my second attempt \to make flaky pastry mein zweiter Versuch, einen Blätterteig zu machen;
    they have no reason \to lie sie haben keinerlei Grund zu lügen;
    I have the chance \to buy a house cheaply ich habe die Gelegenheit, billig ein Haus zu kaufen;
    something \to eat etwas zu essen;
    the first person \to arrive die erste Person, die ankam [o eintraf];
    Armstrong was the first man \to walk on the moon Armstrong war der erste Mann, der je den Mond betrat
    we tried \to help wir versuchten zu helfen;
    \to make this cake, you'll need... für diesen Kuchen braucht man...;
    he managed \to escape es gelang ihm zu entkommen
    I don't know what \to do ich weiß nicht, was ich tun soll;
    I don't know where \to begin ich weiß nicht, wo ich anfangen soll;
    she was wondering whether \to ask David about it sie fragte sich, ob sie David deswegen fragen sollte;
    can you tell me how \to get there? könne Sie mir sagen, wie ich dort hinkomme?
    \to tell the truth [or \to be truthful] um die Wahrheit zu sagen;
    \to be quite truthful with you, Dave, I never really liked the man ich muss dir ehrlich sagen, Dave, ich konnte diesen Mann noch nie leiden;
    \to be honest um ehrlich zu sein
    he looked up \to greet his guests er blickte auf, um seine Gäste zu begrüßen;
    she reached out \to take his hand sie griff nach seiner Hand;
    they turned around \to find their car gone sie drehten sich um und bemerkten, dass ihr Auto verschwunden war adv
    inv zu;
    to push [or pull] the door \to die Tür zuschlagen;
    to come \to zu sich dat kommen;
    to set \to sich akk daranmachen ( fam)
    they set \to with a will, determined to finish the job sie machten sich mit Nachdruck daran, entschlossen, die Arbeit zu Ende zu bringen

    English-German students dictionary > to

  • 17 representar

    v.
    1 to represent.
    este cuadro representa la Última Cena this painting depicts the Last Supper
    Ellos representan campiñas They depict fields.
    María representa a la madrastra Mary plays the part of the stepmom.
    Esto representa lo malo This represents the bad.
    representa a varios artistas she acts as an agent for several artists
    3 to look.
    representa unos 40 años she looks about 40
    4 to mean.
    representa el 50 por ciento del consumo interno it accounts for 50 percent of domestic consumption
    representa mucho para él it means a lot to him
    5 to perform (Teatro) (función).
    6 to act out, to represent, to act.
    Ella representó bien esa escena She acted the scene out very well.
    7 to act in someone's representation, to represent, to act in behalf of, to act in representation of.
    María representa a Ricardo Mary acts in John's representation.
    * * *
    1 (gen) to represent
    2 (símbolo) to represent, stand for
    3 TEATRO (obra) to perform; (papel) to play (the part of)
    4 (aparentar) to appear to be, look
    5 (importar) to mean
    1 (imaginarse) to imagine, picture
    * * *
    verb
    •
    * * *
    1. VT
    1) (=actuar en nombre de) [+ país, votantes] to represent; [+ cliente, acusado] to act for, represent
    2) (=simbolizar) to symbolize, represent
    3) (=reproducir) to depict

    nuevas formas de representar el mundo — new ways of representing o portraying o depicting the world

    4) (=equivaler a) [+ porcentaje, mejora, peligro] to represent; [+ amenaza] to pose, represent

    obtuvieron unos beneficios de 1,7 billones, lo que representa un incremento del 28% sobre el año pasado — they made profits of 1.7 billion, which represents an increase of 28% on last year

    los bantúes representan el 70% de los habitantes de Suráfrica — the Bantu account for o represent 70% of the inhabitants of South Africa

    5) (=requerir) [+ trabajo, esfuerzo, sacrificio] to involve
    6) (Teat) [+ obra] to perform; [+ papel] to play

    ¿quién va a representar el papel que tenía antes la URSS? — who's going to play the part o role previously played by the USSR?

    7) (=aparentar) [+ edad] to look
    8) (=hacer imaginar) to point out
    2.
    See:
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1) <persona/organización/país> to represent
    2) < obra> to perform, put on
    3) ( aparentar) to look
    4) ( simbolizar) to symbolize
    5) ( reproducir) dibujo/fotografía/escena to show, depict; obra/novela to portray, depict
    6) (equivaler a, significar) to represent

    esto representa un aumento del 5% — this represents a 5% increase

    2.
    representarse v pron to picture, imagine
    * * *
    = account for, act out, become + cast, depict, depict, embody, package, represent, stage, stand for, render, portray, symbolise [symbolize, -USA], enact, dramatise [dramatize, -USA], plot, chart, map, incarnate, stand as, betoken, picture, construct, encapsulate.
    Ex. The major four categories of physical forms outlined so far account for most of the published indexes and catalogues.
    Ex. The use of the form connotes peculiarity (the people so described are acting out a somewhat inappropriate role) and passiveness (they are not actively participating in that role).
    Ex. Any action that is repeated frequently become cast into a pattern which can be reproduced with an economy of effort which, ipso facto, is apprehended by its performer as a pattern.
    Ex. Trial procedures aiming to increase service recognition and service usage, and the evaluation thereof, are then depicted.
    Ex. A globe is a model of a celestial body, usually the earth or the celestial sphere, depicted on the surface of a sphere.
    Ex. In alphabetical indexing languages, such as are embodied in thesauri and subject headings lists, subject terms are the alphabetical names of the subjects.
    Ex. Documents rarely exactly match a user's requirements because information can be packaged in almost as many different ways as there are participants in a subject area.
    Ex. Cartographic materials are, according to AACR2, all the materials that represent, in whole or in part, the earth or any celestial body.
    Ex. Book shops also participated by staging similar special features.
    Ex. MARC stands for Machine Readable Cataloguing.
    Ex. The eventuality is, admittedly, remote but it is also necessary to render the imprint statement in this amount of detail.
    Ex. Hardy had a tragic vision of life and that indeed is what the novels portray.
    Ex. The library symbolises freedom for the reader to pursue his own desires, however inchoate.
    Ex. The author describes how, as a teacher, she introduced pre-school children to books by reading to them, and developed older children's critical interest by reading, discussing and enacting popular fables.
    Ex. This article describes how a group of 12-18 teenage volunteers formed a group to dramatise children's books for young children and their parents at a public library.
    Ex. The technique 'Trend Projection' graphically plots future trends based on past experience.
    Ex. This article describes how Australia was depicted on early maps of the world charted by the Portuguese and Dutch seafarers from 1452 to the present day.
    Ex. Defining a revolution in progress is like mapping the lava flow from an active volcano well nigh impossible and extremely dangerous.
    Ex. For them, it incarnated modernity and materialism, civilization rather than culture, materialism rather than spiritualism.
    Ex. Meantime, our new library stand as as a confident symbol of the importance of ALL librarires to the nation's cultural, educational and economic success.
    Ex. The faintly irritating moralising tone of this book betokens a real human interest, which must be recovered if there is to be a dialogue of real content.
    Ex. In most cases authors pictured incest as an assault against the innocent, but they often saw the abuser, especially the father, as a victim of himself and he is rarely punished with prison.
    Ex. It is argued that newspaper reporting of bigamy constructs bigamists as being a threat to the institution of marriage.
    Ex. The Manifesto encapsulates the principles and priorities of public libraries in widely varying contexts.
    ----
    * estar demasiado representado = overrepresent.
    * imposible de representar = unmappable.
    * que no representa reto = unchallenging.
    * representar a = act for.
    * representar con una gráfica = graph.
    * representar en exceso = overrepresent.
    * representar en mente = visualise [visualize, -USA].
    * representar gráficamente = map.
    * representar insuficientemente = underrepresent [under-represent].
    * representar la diferencia entre... y = represent + the difference between... and.
    * representar mal = misrepresent.
    * representar una idea = dramatise + idea.
    * representar una obra = put on + performance, put on + play.
    * representar un peligro = pose + danger.
    * término que representa un único concepto = one concept term.
    * volver a representar = remap.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1) <persona/organización/país> to represent
    2) < obra> to perform, put on
    3) ( aparentar) to look
    4) ( simbolizar) to symbolize
    5) ( reproducir) dibujo/fotografía/escena to show, depict; obra/novela to portray, depict
    6) (equivaler a, significar) to represent

    esto representa un aumento del 5% — this represents a 5% increase

    2.
    representarse v pron to picture, imagine
    * * *
    = account for, act out, become + cast, depict, depict, embody, package, represent, stage, stand for, render, portray, symbolise [symbolize, -USA], enact, dramatise [dramatize, -USA], plot, chart, map, incarnate, stand as, betoken, picture, construct, encapsulate.

    Ex: The major four categories of physical forms outlined so far account for most of the published indexes and catalogues.

    Ex: The use of the form connotes peculiarity (the people so described are acting out a somewhat inappropriate role) and passiveness (they are not actively participating in that role).
    Ex: Any action that is repeated frequently become cast into a pattern which can be reproduced with an economy of effort which, ipso facto, is apprehended by its performer as a pattern.
    Ex: Trial procedures aiming to increase service recognition and service usage, and the evaluation thereof, are then depicted.
    Ex: A globe is a model of a celestial body, usually the earth or the celestial sphere, depicted on the surface of a sphere.
    Ex: In alphabetical indexing languages, such as are embodied in thesauri and subject headings lists, subject terms are the alphabetical names of the subjects.
    Ex: Documents rarely exactly match a user's requirements because information can be packaged in almost as many different ways as there are participants in a subject area.
    Ex: Cartographic materials are, according to AACR2, all the materials that represent, in whole or in part, the earth or any celestial body.
    Ex: Book shops also participated by staging similar special features.
    Ex: MARC stands for Machine Readable Cataloguing.
    Ex: The eventuality is, admittedly, remote but it is also necessary to render the imprint statement in this amount of detail.
    Ex: Hardy had a tragic vision of life and that indeed is what the novels portray.
    Ex: The library symbolises freedom for the reader to pursue his own desires, however inchoate.
    Ex: The author describes how, as a teacher, she introduced pre-school children to books by reading to them, and developed older children's critical interest by reading, discussing and enacting popular fables.
    Ex: This article describes how a group of 12-18 teenage volunteers formed a group to dramatise children's books for young children and their parents at a public library.
    Ex: The technique 'Trend Projection' graphically plots future trends based on past experience.
    Ex: This article describes how Australia was depicted on early maps of the world charted by the Portuguese and Dutch seafarers from 1452 to the present day.
    Ex: Defining a revolution in progress is like mapping the lava flow from an active volcano well nigh impossible and extremely dangerous.
    Ex: For them, it incarnated modernity and materialism, civilization rather than culture, materialism rather than spiritualism.
    Ex: Meantime, our new library stand as as a confident symbol of the importance of ALL librarires to the nation's cultural, educational and economic success.
    Ex: The faintly irritating moralising tone of this book betokens a real human interest, which must be recovered if there is to be a dialogue of real content.
    Ex: In most cases authors pictured incest as an assault against the innocent, but they often saw the abuser, especially the father, as a victim of himself and he is rarely punished with prison.
    Ex: It is argued that newspaper reporting of bigamy constructs bigamists as being a threat to the institution of marriage.
    Ex: The Manifesto encapsulates the principles and priorities of public libraries in widely varying contexts.
    * estar demasiado representado = overrepresent.
    * imposible de representar = unmappable.
    * que no representa reto = unchallenging.
    * representar a = act for.
    * representar con una gráfica = graph.
    * representar en exceso = overrepresent.
    * representar en mente = visualise [visualize, -USA].
    * representar gráficamente = map.
    * representar insuficientemente = underrepresent [under-represent].
    * representar la diferencia entre... y = represent + the difference between... and.
    * representar mal = misrepresent.
    * representar una idea = dramatise + idea.
    * representar una obra = put on + performance, put on + play.
    * representar un peligro = pose + danger.
    * término que representa un único concepto = one concept term.
    * volver a representar = remap.

    * * *
    vt
    A ‹persona/organización/país› to represent
    no estaba representado por un abogado he was not represented by a lawyer
    representó a Suecia en los campeonatos he represented Sweden in the championships, he played ( o swam etc) for Sweden in the championships
    los que no puedan asistir deben hacerse representar por alguien those who cannot attend should send a representative o proxy
    B ‹obra› to perform, put on; ‹papel› to play
    representó el papel de Cleopatra she played Cleopatra o the part of Cleopatra
    C (aparentar) to look
    no representa la edad que tiene he doesn't look the age he is
    representa unos cuarenta años she looks about forty
    no representa lo que costó it doesn't look as expensive as it was
    D (simbolizar) to symbolize
    la paloma representa la paz the dove symbolizes o is a symbol of peace
    E (reproducir) «dibujo/fotografía» to show, depict
    la medalla representa a la Virgen the medallion depicts the Virgin Mary
    la escena representa una calle de los arrabales the scene shows o depicts a street in the poor quarters
    la obra representa fielmente la sociedad de fines de siglo the play accurately portrays society at the turn of the century
    F (equivaler a, significar) to represent
    esto representa un aumento del 5% con respecto al año pasado this represents a 5% increase on last year
    nos representa un gasto inesperado it means o involves an unexpected expense
    introducir la modificación representaría tres días de trabajo introducing the modification would mean o involve three days' work
    to picture
    ¿te lo puedes representar sin barba? can you picture o imagine him without a beard?
    * * *

     

    representar ( conjugate representar) verbo transitivo
    1 ‹persona/organización/país› to represent
    2 ‹ obra› to perform, put on;
    ‹ papel› to play
    3 ( aparentar) to look;

    4 ( simbolizar) to represent, symbolize
    5 ( reproducir) [dibujo/fotografía/escena] to show, depict;
    [obra/novela] to portray, depict
    6 (equivaler a, significar) to represent;
    ◊ esto representa un aumento del 5% this represents a 5% increase;

    eso representaría tres días de trabajo that would mean o involve three days' work
    representar verbo transitivo
    1 (un símbolo) to symbolize, represent: la paloma representa la paz, the dove stands for peace
    2 (un cuadro, fotografía, ilustración) to depict: el cuadro representa una escena de caza, the painting depicts a hunting scene
    3 (un ejemplo o modelo) to represent
    4 (a una persona, un país, una institución) to represent
    5 (una edad) to look: no representa la edad que tiene, she doesn't look her age
    6 (en la imaginación) to imagine
    7 (en valor, importancia) to mean, represent: su ascenso representó una gran alegría, I/he/she, etc. was overjoyed by his promotion
    ese chico no representa nada para mí, that guy means nothing to me
    8 Teat (una obra) to perform
    (un papel) to play: mi amigo representa al emperador Augusto, my friend plays Emperor Augustus
    ' representar' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    aparentar
    - constituir
    - hacer
    - jugar
    - vida
    - significar
    English:
    act
    - act out
    - depict
    - deputize
    - do
    - enact
    - nation
    - perform
    - picture
    - play
    - portray
    - represent
    - role-play
    - speak for
    - stage
    - stand for
    - pose
    * * *
    1. [simbolizar, ejemplificar] to represent;
    este cuadro representa la Última Cena this painting depicts the Last Supper;
    la coma representa los decimales the comma indicates decimal places;
    Dalí representa perfectamente el surrealismo Dali is the ultimate surrealist painter
    2. [actuar en nombre de] to represent;
    el delegado sindical representaba a sus compañeros the shop steward represented his fellow workers;
    ha participado en dos festivales representando a su país she has represented her country at two festivals;
    representa a varios artistas she acts as an agent for several artists
    3. [aparentar] to look;
    representa unos cuarenta años she looks about forty;
    representa muchos menos años de los que tiene she looks a lot younger than she is
    4. [significar] to mean;
    representa el 50 por ciento del consumo interno it accounts for 50 percent of domestic consumption;
    diez millones no representan nada para él ten million is nothing to him;
    representa mucho para él it means a lot to him
    5. Teatro [función] to perform;
    [papel] to play
    6. Com to represent
    * * *
    v/t
    1 ( simbolizar) represent
    2 obra put on, perform; papel play
    :
    * * *
    1) : to represent, to act for
    2) : to perform
    3) : to look, to appear as
    4) : to symbolize, to stand for
    5) : to signify, to mean
    * * *
    1. (un papel) to play
    2. (una obra) to perform
    la compañía representará "Yerma" the company will perform "Yerma"
    3. (simbolizar) to represent
    5. (aparentar) to look

    Spanish-English dictionary > representar

  • 18 transición

    f.
    transition, passing.
    * * *
    1 transition
    \
    sin transición abruptly
    * * *
    noun f.
    * * *
    SF transition (a to) (de from)
    LA TRANSICIÓN The death of General Franco on 20 November 1975 ushered in a period of transition to democracy in Spain which was to end with the democratic transfer of power to the PSOE (Spanish Socialist Party) on 28 November 28 1982. On 22 November 1975 Juan Carlos I was proclaimed king. Though initially handicapped by a constitutional system devised by Franco, the King was able to appoint the aperturista Adolfo Suárez as Prime Minister in July 1976. Within three months Suárez rushed through a political reform bill introducing universal suffrage and a two-chamber parliament which was put to a referendum and endorsed by 94.2% of the electorate. Political parties were legalized and elections were held on 15 June 1977. Suárez and his party, the newly-formed UCD (Unión de Centro Democrático), won without gaining an overall majority. Through accords with the other parties - the Pactos de la Moncloa - they were able to manage the transitional process, which included the drafting and endorsement of the 1978 Constitution.
    * * *
    femenino transition
    * * *
    = transition, bridge passage, changeover [change-over].
    Ex. Hierarchical relationships must be indicated in order that users may make the transition from a first access point to related terms or access points.
    Ex. This sort of informal discussion between teacher and pupils is really a ' bridge passage' leading smoothly from one occupation -science, or P.E. or maths, etc.- to literary reading.
    Ex. The changeover has resulted in more rapid machine-editing of input and reduced costs for cataloguing.
    ----
    * en una época de transición = in a period of transition.
    * en un período de transición = in a period of transition.
    * hacer la transición = make + the transition.
    * transición política = political transition.
    * zona de transición = buffer zone.
    * * *
    femenino transition
    * * *
    = transition, bridge passage, changeover [change-over].

    Ex: Hierarchical relationships must be indicated in order that users may make the transition from a first access point to related terms or access points.

    Ex: This sort of informal discussion between teacher and pupils is really a ' bridge passage' leading smoothly from one occupation -science, or P.E. or maths, etc.- to literary reading.
    Ex: The changeover has resulted in more rapid machine-editing of input and reduced costs for cataloguing.
    * en una época de transición = in a period of transition.
    * en un período de transición = in a period of transition.
    * hacer la transición = make + the transition.
    * transición política = political transition.
    * zona de transición = buffer zone.

    * * *
    la Transición (↑ transición a1)
    transition
    pasar por un período de transición to go through a period of transition o a transitional period
    transición A algo transition TO sth
    la transición a la democracia the transition to democracy
    * * *

    transición sustantivo femenino
    transition;
    transición de algo a algo transition from sth to sth
    transición sustantivo femenino transition
    una etapa de transición, a period of transition
    ' transición' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    artífice
    English:
    transition
    - transitional
    * * *
    transition;
    un país en transición a country in transition;
    simplificar la transición a un nuevo sistema to simplify the transition to a new system;
    periodo de transición transition o transitional period
    transición democrática transition to democracy
    * * *
    f transition;
    de transición transitional
    * * *
    transición nf, pl - ciones : transition
    período de transición: transition period

    Spanish-English dictionary > transición

  • 19 m|ieć

    impf (mam, masz) Ⅰ vt 1. (posiadać) (na własność) to have (got), to own [dom, samochód, mikrofalówkę]; (do dyspozycji) to have (got); (prowadzić) to run [firmę, warsztat]
    - mają dom na wsi they have a. own a house in the country
    - miał po ojcu warsztat samochodowy he had a. owned a garage left to him by his father
    - nasze muzeum ma dużą kolekcję impresjonistów our museum has (got) a large collection of Impressionist paintings
    - mam dla ciebie prezent/tę książkę o kotach I’ve got a present/that book about cats for you
    - miał wszystkiego dwie pary butów he only had two pairs of shoes
    - ubrała się w to, co miała she put on what she had
    - nie mam psa I don’t have a. I haven’t got a dog
    - nie mamy ani telewizora, ani pralki we have neither a TV nor a washing machine
    - wydawnictwo nie ma funduszy na zatrudnienie specjalisty the publishers can’t afford to employ a specialist
    - nie mam nic do jedzenia I’ve got nothing to eat, I don’t have anything to eat
    - czy oni mają namiot? have they got a tent?, do they have a tent?
    - masz scyzoryk? have you got a penknife?
    - czy ma pan bagaż? have you got any luggage?
    - czy macie gaz? have you got gas?
    - mieć coś przy sobie to have sth on one
    - masz przy sobie jakieś drobne? have you got any change on you?
    - gdzie masz klucze/moją książkę? what have you done with the keys/my book?
    - gdzie masz rower? where’s your bike? pot.
    - mieć na coś to have money for sth
    - miałem tylko na jedno piwo I only had for one beer
    - (on) ma na przyjemności, a nie ma na lekarza he has money to spend on pleasures, but he can’t afford a doctor
    - nie miał na nowe buty, a co dopiero na samochód he couldn’t afford a pair of new shoes, let alone a car
    - mieć za co coś zrobić to have enough money to do sth, to be able to afford to do sth
    - nie mieli za co wyjechać na wakacje they didn’t have enough to go on holiday, they couldn’t afford to go on holiday
    - nie mają z czego żyć they don’t have enough to live on
    - jak masz na imię? what’s your name?
    - mam na imię Maria my name’s Maria
    - (on) ma na nazwisko Nowak his (sur)name is Nowak
    - mieć coś na sobie to have sth on, to be wearing sth
    - miał (na sobie) granatowy garnitur he had a blue suit on, he was wearing a blue suit
    - na głowie miała kapelusz, na szyi biały szalik she had a hat on her head and a white scarf round her neck
    - mieć kogoś u siebie (gościć) to have sb staying with one
    - od tygodnia mamy u siebie teściów we’ve had my in-laws (staying) with us for the past week
    - jeśli Legia wygra, mam u ciebie piwo! you owe me a beer if Legia win(s)
    - masz!/macie! (weź/weźcie) here!
    - macie kanapki, jedzcie! here’s the sandwiches, eat up! pot.
    - masz, włóż to na siebie! here, put this on!
    - (a) masz! (zadając razy) take that!
    - (a) masz za to, że kłamiesz, a masz, a masz! (and) take that for lying! and that! and that! pot.
    - masz za swoje! (dobrze ci tak) serves you right!
    - ma za swoje, że jest taki naiwny it serves him right for being so naive
    - mamy teraz za swoje dobre serce! that’s the thanks we get for being nice a. for all our kindness!
    - masz ci (los) a. masz tobie! blast (it)! pot., damn (it)! pot.
    - masz ci los, zapomniałam parasola! blast, I’ve forgotten my umbrella!
    - masz go/ją/ich! (wyrażające zaskoczenie) just look at him/her/them!
    - masz go, jaki mądrala! look at him, Mr Clever Dick! GB pot.
    2. (liczyć sobie) to be
    - mieć dwadzieścia lat to be twenty (years old)
    - ile ona ma lat? how old is she?
    - mieć dwa metry wzrostu/wysokości to be two metres tall/high
    - mieć sześć metrów głębokości/szerokości/długości to be six metres deep/wide/long
    - pokój ma sześć metrów na pięć the room is six by five metres
    - dom będzie miał siedem pięter the house will be seven storeys high a. will have seven storeys
    - kilometr ma tysiąc metrów one kilometre is a thousand metres
    3. (posiadać jako cechę) to have (got)
    - pokój ma dwa okna the room has two windows
    - miał niebieskie oczy/siwe włosy he had blue eyes/grey hair
    - miała dziurawe buty she had holes in her shoes
    - kubek ma wyszczerbiony brzeg the mug’s rim is chipped
    - miała męża Włocha/inżyniera her husband was Italian/an engineer
    - mieć talent/cierpliwość/odwagę to have talent/patience/courage
    - nie mieć talentu/cierpliwości/odwagi to lack talent/patience/courage
    - mieć takt/rozsądek to be tactful/sensible
    - mieć (swoje) wady i zalety to have one’s good and bad points
    - zasłony mają kolor wiśni the curtains are cherry red in colour
    - działka ma kształt prostokąta a. prostokątny the allotment is rectangular (in shape)
    - jej perfumy miały słodkawy zapach/zapach konwalii her scent was sweet smelling/smelled of lily of the valley
    - urodę miała po matce, a talent po ojcu her looks came from her mother and her talent from her father
    - za całe umeblowanie pokój miał zdezelowany stół the only piece of furniture in the room was a rickety table
    - mieć w sobie coś (być interesującym) to have a certain something
    - on ma w sobie coś z dziecka/roztargnionego profesora there is something of the child/the absent-minded professor in a. about him
    - nie mieć nic do czegoś to have nothing to do with sth
    - jej wyjazd nie ma nic do naszych planów her going away has nothing to do with our plans
    - marzenia mają to do siebie, że rzadko się spełniają the thing about dreams is that they rarely come true
    - miała to do siebie, że zawsze się spóźniała the thing about her was that she was always late
    4. (o stanie fizycznym i psychicznym) to have [grypę, gruźlicę, trudności]; to feel [ochotę, żal]; to have, to bear [urazę]
    - mieć gorączkę a. temperaturę to have a. be running a temperature
    - mieć 39° gorączki to have a temperature of 39 degrees
    - mieć złamaną nogę to have a broken leg
    - mieć częste bóle głowy to have frequent headaches
    - mieć pragnienie to be thirsty
    - mieć dobry apetyt to have a good a. hearty appetite
    - mieć wadę a. defekt to have a defect
    - mieć gumę pot. (w samochodzie) to have a flat pot.
    - mam nadzieję, że… I hope that…
    - mieć ochotę coś zrobić to feel like doing sth
    - miała ochotę płakać she felt like crying
    - mieć przekonanie/pewność, że… to be convinced/sure a. certain that…
    - mieć kogoś/czegoś dość a. dosyć to have had enough of sb/sth, to be fed up with sb/sth
    - mam tego powyżej uszu a. po dziurki w nosie! pot. I’ve had it up to here! pot.
    - mieć coś wypisane w oczach a. na czole a. na twarzy to have sth written all over one’s face
    - miała winę wypisaną na twarzy she had guilt written all over her face
    5. (o relacjach między ludźmi) to have [syna, córkę, przyjaciół, wrogów]
    - to dziecko nie ma matki/ojca this boy/girl has no mother/father
    - ona nie ma rodzeństwa she has no brothers or sisters
    - ona będzie miała dziecko she’s going to have a. she’s expecting a baby
    - miała z nim dwóch synów she had two sons by him
    - miał za żonę piekielnicę his wife was a real she-devil a. spitfire
    - nie miał do kogo zwrócić się o pomoc he had no-one to turn to for help
    - mieć kogoś przy sobie a. obok siebie a. przy boku to have sb at one’s side
    - mieć kogoś/coś na uwadze a. na względzie to have sb/sth in mind, to take sb/sth into consideration
    - mieć z kimś porachunki to have a bone to pick with sb
    - mieć kogoś/coś przeciwko sobie to have sb/sth against one
    - miał przeciwko sobie opinię publiczną public opinion was against him
    - mieć przyjemność/zaszczyt coś zrobić książk. to have the pleasure/honour to do a. of doing sth
    - miałem zaszczyt poznać pańskich rodziców I had the honour of meeting your parents
    - mam przyjemność przedstawić państwu naszego gościa I have the pleasure of introducing our guest
    - z kim mam przyjemność? książk. to whom do I have the honour of speaking? książk., także iron.
    - mieć coś/nie mieć nic przeciwko komuś/czemuś to have something/nothing against sb/sth
    - mieć coś do kogoś pot. to have something against sb
    - do ciebie nic nie mam I’ve got nothing against you
    - mieć coś na kogoś to have the goods a. the dope on sb pot.
    - niczego na mnie nie mają they’ve got nothing on me pot.
    - mam z nią do pomówienia a. pogadania I need to have a (serious) talk with her
    - mieć kogoś nad sobą to have sb above one
    - kierownik ma nad sobą dyrektora, a dyrektor – zarząd the manager answers to the director and the director answers to the board
    - mieć kogoś pod sobą to be in charge of sb
    - (ona) ma pod sobą dwudziestu pracowników she’s in charge of a staff of twenty
    - kapral miał pod sobą dziesięciu żołnierzy the corporal had ten men under his command a. under him
    - mieć kogoś za sobą (być popieranym) to have sb behind one, to have sb’s backing
    - mieli za sobą większość the majority was a. were behind them, they had the majority behind them
    - mieć kogoś za głupca to take sb for a fool
    - ich zachowanie mam za nieco naiwne I consider their behaviour rather naive
    - za kogo pan mnie ma! who do you take me for!, who do you think I am!
    - mieć w kimś rywala/sojusznika to have a rival/an ally in sb
    - mieć kogoś pot. (być związanym z kimś) to have somebody, to be involved with somebody
    - chwalił się, że miał je wszystkie pot. (odbył stosunek) he boasted of having had them all pot.
    - płacą tak dużo, że mogą mieć każdego they pay so much they can take on a. hire anyone they like
    6. (znajdować się w jakiejś sytuacji) to have (got) [długi, posadę, połączenie]
    - mam dobrą komunikację do pracy I’ve got good connections to work
    - centrum miasta ma dobrą komunikację z przedmieściami there are good connections from the city centre to the suburbs
    - mieć słuszność a. rację to be right
    - mieć ciepło/przytulnie to be warm/cosy
    - owinęła dziecko szalem, żeby miało ciepło she put a scarf round the baby to keep him/her warm
    - mam daleko/blisko do szkoły I have a long way/I don’t have far to go to school
    - ty to masz dobrze, nie musisz wstawać o siódmej it’s alright for you, you don’t have to get up at seven (a.m.)
    - mieliśmy tu wczoraj burzę/śnieżycę we had a storm/snowstorm here yesterday
    - mamy dziś słoneczną pogodę it’s sunny today
    - mam dziś kiepski dzień I’m having one of those days (today)
    - kłopotów z nim miałam co niemiara I’ve had no end of trouble with him
    - co ja z tobą mam? what am I to do with you?
    - jest całkiem młoda, chciałaby jeszcze mieć coś z życia she’s still very young, she’d like to get something out of life pot.
    - (on) haruje od świtu do nocy i co z tego ma? he slaves away from morning to night, and what does he have to show for it?
    - miał przed sobą kilka godzin marszu he had several hours of walking ahead of a. in front of him
    - miała przed sobą trudną rozmowę z szefem she had a difficult conversation with the boss ahead of her
    - mieć przed sobą przyszłość to have a (bright) future ahead of a. before one
    - miał przed sobą karierę he had a brilliant career ahead of a. in front of him
    - mieć coś za a. poza sobą to have sth behind one
    - ma za sobą trzyletnie doświadczenie he has three years’ experience behind him
    - mam już to wszystko za sobą all that is behind me now
    - mam co robić, nie nudzę się I’ve got things to do, I don’t sit around
    - nie mieć gdzie mieszkać/spać to have nowhere to live/sleep
    - nie mam gdzie przenocować I have nowhere to spend the night
    - nie mieć kiedy spać/jeść/odpocząć to not have time to sleep/eat/relax
    - nie mają kiedy w ścianach wiercić, tylko w niedzielę! of course, they have to drill holes in the wall on a Sunday!
    - mieć czas to have time (coś zrobić to do sth)
    - nie miałem czasu zająć się twoją sprawą I didn’t have time to deal with your problem
    - na napisanie wypracowania macie godzinę you have an hour to write the essay
    - nie miałeś mi tu kogo przyprowadzić!? why did you have to bring him/her/them here (of all people)?!
    - mieć coś/nie mieć nic do powiedzenia (dużo/mało wiedzieć) to have something/nothing to say (na temat kogoś/czegoś about sb/sth)
    - mieć coś/nie mieć nic do powiedzenia a. gadania pot. (o decydującym głosie) to have a say/no say
    - ona nie ma w tej sprawie nic do powiedzenia a. gadania she has no say in the matter
    - nie mamy już sobie nic więcej do powiedzenia we’ve got nothing more to say to each other
    - mieć zły/dobry czas Sport to have a poor/good a. fast time
    - mieć pierwsze/dziesiąte miejsce Sport to come first/tenth, to be in first/tenth place
    - mam z nią wielką wygodę, sprząta, robi mi zakupy she’s a great help to me: she cleans and does my shopping
    - nie masz co narzekać you’ve got nothing to complain about
    - nie masz co się denerwować there’s no reason (for you) to get upset
    - nie masz czego a. co żałować, film był kiepski you didn’t miss much: the film was hopeless
    - w domu nie masz co się pokazywać you’d better not show your face at home pot.
    7. (brać udział) to have [zebranie, koncert, egzamin, próbę]
    - (on) ma teraz naradę ze swym zastępcą he’s in conference at the moment with his deputy
    - mieć sprawę a. proces to be on trial (o coś/o zrobienie czegoś for sth/for doing sth)
    - ma sprawę a. proces o zabójstwo/spowodowanie wypadku samochodowego he’s on trial for murder/causing a car accident
    8. (ukończyć etap nauki) to have, to hold [dyplom, tytuł]
    - mieć studia a. wyższe wykształcenie to have completed higher education
    - mój ojciec miał tylko cztery klasy my father only did four years at school
    - miał już zawód i mógł rozpocząć samodzielne życie he’d completed his training and could now start his own life
    - miał dwa fakultety he had graduated in two subjects
    9. (znaleźć się w określonym miejscu lub czasie) wreszcie mamy stację here’s the station at last
    - mamy drugi tydzień zimy it’s the second week of winter
    - którego dziś mamy? what’s the date today?
    - mamy dziś pierwszy stycznia/poniedziałek it’s January the 1st/Monday today
    - którą masz godzinę? what time do you make it? pot.; what’s the time by your watch?
    - mieć kogoś/coś po prawej/lewej stronie to have sb/sth on one’s right/left
    - miał przed/za sobą dwóch strażników he had a. there were two guards in front of him/behind him
    Ⅱ v aux. 1. (dla wyrażenia powinności) macie teraz spać you’re to a. you have to (get off to) sleep now
    - masz to zrobić natychmiast! you’re to do it right now!
    - co mam zrobić/jej powiedzieć? what am I (supposed) to do/tell her?
    - po co się mam wysilać? why should I bother?, why should I make the effort?
    - masz tego nikomu nie powtarzać! (and) don’t go repeating a. telling it to anyone!
    - i ja mam w to uwierzyć? and you/they want me to a. I’m supposed to believe that?
    - mieć coś do zrobienia to have sth to do
    - ma obowiązek do spełnienia s/he has a duty to perform
    - mam sprawę do załatwienia I’ve got something to sort out
    - mamy zaległości do odrobienia we’ve got a backlog of work to catch up on
    2. (zamiar, przewidywanie) (ona) ma przyjść o drugiej she’s expected (to come) at two
    - miano zburzyć ich dom their house was to be demolished
    - samolot miał wylądować w Warszawie, ale… the plane was supposed to land a. have landed in Warsaw, but…
    - podobno jutro ma być ładna pogoda it’s supposed to be good a. nice weather tomorrow
    - w pozostałej części kraju ma nadal padać in the rest of the country continuing rain is expected
    - miała umrzeć w nędzy w wieku czterdziestu lat she was to die in poverty at the age of forty
    - przyszłość miała pokazać, że się myli subsequent events were to prove him/her wrong
    - jak się miało okazać as things a. it turned out; as it transpired książk.
    - i co ja mam z tobą zrobić? what am I (supposed) to do with you?
    - jeśli mielibyśmy się nie zobaczyć przed twoim wyjazdem, baw się dobrze in case we don’t see each other before you leave, have a good time
    - niech się stanie, co się ma stać let things happen as they will
    - właśnie miałem wyjść, kiedy zadzwonił telefon I was just about to leave a. just on the point of leaving when the phone rang
    - właśnie miałam powiedzieć to samo I was just about to a. just going to say the same thing
    - czy mam przez to rozumieć, że… am I to understand (by that) that…
    - mieć coś do sprzedania/zaproponowania to have sth to sell/propose
    - choćby a. żeby nie wiem co się miało stać, (to)… no matter what happens a. might happen…
    - choćbym a. żebym miał pęknąć a. trupem paść pot. even if it kills me pot.
    3. (rezultat) mieć coś zrobione to have sth done
    - mam już napisaną pracę I’ve already written the essay
    - miał ukończone wyższe studia he had been to university/college
    - czy macie załatwione bilety? have you booked/got the tickets?
    - pieniądze mam dobrze schowane I’ve put the money in a safe place
    - mam obiecaną podwyżkę I’ve been promised a rise
    - miał przykazane trzymać język za zębami he was a. he’d been told to keep his mouth shut pot.
    4. (zdziwienie, rozczarowanie) ja miałbym to powiedzieć? I said that?!
    - ona miałaby mi się podobać? you think I find her attractive?
    - miałbyś sumienie to zrobić? could you do (something like) that (with a clear conscience)?
    - to ma być hotel czterogwiazdkowy? (z dezaprobatą) and you/they call this a. this is supposed to be a four-star hotel?!
    - ten grubas to miałbym być ja!? (z niedowierzaniem) is this/that fatso really me? pot.
    - pokazał nam skórę tygrysa, którego miał upolować w Afryce (z powątpiewaniem) he showed us the skin of a tiger, which he is supposed to have killed in Africa
    Ⅲ mieć się 1. (być w stanie, położeniu) to be; (czuć się) to feel, to be
    - ciotka wyzdrowiała i ma się dobrze auntie has recovered and is doing well
    - jak się mają twoi rodzice? how are your parents?
    - jak się masz! (powitanie) how are you?; how’s it going? pot.
    - mam się dzisiaj lepiej I feel better today
    - sprawy mają się nieźle things are working out (quite) well
    - jak się rzeczy mają? how do things stand?
    - rzecz ma się tak, że… the thing is that…
    - jak te dwie wersje mają się do siebie? how do the two versions compare?
    - jak to się ma jedno do drugiego? how do the two compare?
    - teoria nijak się miała do praktyki the theory was (completely) divorced from practice
    - A tak się ma do B, jak C do D a. A i B tak się mają do siebie, jak C i D A is to B like C is to D
    - mieli się do siebie jak dzień do nocy they were like chalk and cheese
    2. (uważać się za) to think a. consider oneself
    - mieć się za artystę/człowieka honoru to consider oneself (to be) an artist/a man of honour
    - (on) ma się za Bóg wie co pot. he thinks he’s God (almighty) pot.
    - miała się za bliską śmierci she thought she was about to a. going to die
    3. (być bliskim) mieć się ku końcowi to be drawing to a close a. an end
    - miało się a. dzień miał się ku zachodowi it was getting towards sunset
    - sytuacja ma się ku lepszemu the situation is looking better
    - ma się na deszcz it looks like rain
    - miało się na burzę a storm was brewing, there was thunder in the air
    - wiedzieć, jak się rzeczy mają to know how things stand a. are
    Ⅳ ma Fin. (zapis księgowy) credit
    - winien i ma debit and credit
    - zapisać coś po stronie „ma” to enter sth on the credit side
    Ⅴ mam! inter. (przypomniałem sobie) I’ve got it!
    - (już) mam! mieszkaliśmy na tej samej ulicy! I’ve got it! we used to live in the same street!
    - mam cię! a. tu cię mam! (złapałem cię, przyłapałem cię) I’ve got you!; got you! pot.
    - mam cię, już mi nie uciekniesz! got you, you won’t get away now!
    Ⅵ nie ma być
    ■ ma się rozumieć a. wiedzieć! it a. that goes without saying!
    - ma się rozumieć, że przyjdę of course I’ll come
    - mieć głowę a. łebpot. (na karku a. nie od parady) to have a good head on one’s shoulders
    - on to ma łeb! he’s no fool!
    - mieć głowę do interesów to have a good head for business
    - nie mam teraz do tego głowy I don’t want to think about it/that now
    - mieć kogoś/coś w nosiepot. a. gdzieśeuf. a. w głębokim poważaniueuf. to not care a damn about sb/sth pot.; to not give a monkey’s about sb/sth pot., euf.
    - mam to wszystko gdzieś! pot. to hell with it all! pot.
    - mieć kogoś/coś w dupie wulg. to not give a shit a. toss GB about sb/sth wulg.
    - sie masz! pot. (powitanie) hi! pot.

    The New English-Polish, Polish-English Kościuszko foundation dictionary > m|ieć

  • 20 ГЛАГОЛ

    1. ГЛАГОЛ повторяется в настоящем, прошедшем и будущем времени, чтобы подчеркнуть непрерывность
    @ делаем и будем делать
    Мы поддерживали и будем поддерживать прифронтовые государства Африки. –
    We have always supported the front-line African states. We are continuing to support the front-line African states. We shall continue to support the front-line African states. We shall continue our support ( глагол заменяется существительным) for the front-line African states. @ не делаем и не сделаем
    Россия не ослабляет и не ослабит усилий, направленных на то, чтобы отвести от человечества военную угрозу.
    Russia will not slacken its efforts/will persist in its efforts/will continue its efforts to protect mankind from the threat of war. @ не делали и не делаем
    Переводится обязательно сложным временем.
    Мы никогда не искали и не ищем себе выгод – будь то экономические, политические или иные. – We have never sought profits/advantages for ourselves – be they economic, political, or any other kind. @ делали и делаем
    Мы предлагали и предлагаем договориться о полном запрещении ядерного оружия. –
    We are continuing to propose/continue to propose/continue to favor/we have always favored/always proposed agreement on a total nuclear weapons test ban. @ не сделали и не сделаем
    Наша страна не допустила и не допустит вмешательства в свои внутренние дела. –
    Our country has never allowed/will never allow/will continue to prevent/oppose interference in its internal affairs. @ делали и будем делать
    Мы выступали и будем выступать в их поддержку. -
    We shall continue to support them. (Лучше чем We have always supported them) @
    2. ГЛАГОЛ, повторенный через дефис
    keep \+ verb
    Я иду-иду, уже сил нет, а все еще далеко до места. – I keep/kept on going, but it is/was still a long distance to/far to the place.
    On I went,/I walked and walked, but… *** Он смотрел-смотрел, никак не мог разглядеть. – He kept on looking but/No matter how he looked he could not make it out.
    3. передача инфинитива при помощи будущего времени
    Дети есть дети. – Children will be children.
    4. повелительное наклонение
    а) в условном времени
    Приди я вовремя, ничего бы не случилось. – If I had come in time nothing would have happened.
    б) для выражения протеста против необходимости выполнять нежелательные действия
    Тебе хорошо с гостями чаи распивать, а я дома сиди. – You’re having fun drinking tea with the guests while/but I’ve got to stay home.
    Сами гулять пойдете, а я пиши. – You can/go off on your own, I’ve got to write/ I’m stuck with the writing.
    с) неожиданное или непредвиденное действие
    Он меня позвал – я споткнись, чашку разбил. – He called out to me and I stumbled and broke a cup.
    Дорога ровная – а он возьми и упади. – The road was flat/even when all of a sudden he fell.
    5. Настоящее время, описывающее серию событий в прошлом, переводится прошедшим.
    Возвращаюсь я вчера вечером домой, иду по нашей улице, вдруг слышу знакомый голос. – Last night as I was going home, walking down our street, I suddenly heard a familiar voice.
    6. Настоящее время переводится и настоящим, и будущим.
    Я уезжаю через неделю, завтра я весь день работаю, а вечером сижу дома. – I’m leaving in a week – tomorrow I’ll work/I’m working all day and in the evening I’ll be home.
    7. Совершенный вид русских глаголов, выражающих повторное действие, переводится с помощью длительного настоящего времени.
    Сегодня мне весь день мешают – то кто-нибудь придет, то телефон зазвонит. – I’m being bothered all day – people keep coming in and the phone keeps ringing.
    8. Описание характерного или привычного поведения человека.
    Он всегда прибежит, накричит, наскандалит, а потом удивляется, почему его не любят. – He’s always barging in/rushing in screaming/yelling at someone/causing trouble/insulting people/offending people/raising a row and then he wonders why/is surprised that/and then he asks why people don’t like him.
    9. В разговорных конструкциях прошедшее время от глаголов «пойти» и «поехать» передается будущим временем.
    Я пошел. – I’m about to leave.
    Я поехал, буду через два часа. – I’m off/I’ll be going/I’ll be back in two hours.
    10. Перевод конструкций типа «то, что» «чтобы»
    a) Сокращение и переосмысление
    Сложность этого эксперимента заключается в том, что он требует длительного времени. – The problem with this experiment is that it requires a lot of time.
    Утешение было только в том, что он уезжал всего на несколько дней. – The only consolation was that he would be away for long/was leaving for only a few days.
    б) использование деепричастного оборота (это идиоматичнее и короче)
    Мы начали вечер с того, что предложили всем потанцевать. – We started the party/evening by suggesting/with the suggestion that everyone dance.
    Он начал с того, что лично познакомился со всеми.- Не began by introducing himself to everyone/by getting personally acquainted with everyone.
    в) Порой «чтобы» не переводится, и время глагола определяется контекстом:
    Я не видел, чтобы он чистил зубы. - I didn't see him brush his teeth/I never saw him brush his teeth.
    Я хочу, чтобы вы меня правильно поняли. - I want you to understand me correctly/to get what I mean.
    г) to + infinitive вместо довольно неуклюжей конструкции in order to или so as to
    Я вернулся с тем, чтобы предупредить вас. - I came back to warn you.
    Я пришел не с тем, чтобы спорить с вами. - I didn't come to argue with you.
    д) Иногда можно заменить «чтобы» словами so that:
    Говори, чтобы все поняли. - Speak so that everyone understands/gets the point.
    11. Придаточные предложения, которые начинаются с «как» или с «как бы», можно перевести на английский с помощью условного наклонения или деепричастия.
    Я люблю смотреть, как он выступает. - I like watching him perform/I like to watch him perform/I like watching him performing.
    Он боялся, как бы не простудиться. - Не was afraid of catching cold/He was afraid he might/could catch cold.
    12. «He + инфинитив + бы» требует don't или see that X doesn't do Y.
    He простудиться бы! - Take care/I'll take care not to/See that you don't catch cold.
    He забыть бы его адрес! - See you don't/take care not to/be sure you don't/I mustn't/I must take care not to forget his address.
    13. перевод вида глагола
    а) Переводчик должен постоянно иметь в виду, что в английском языке используются совершенно разные глаголы для передачи смысла обоих членов одной русской видовой пары, как, например, «сделать» и «делать»
    Что же делал Бельтов в продолжение этих десяти лет? Все или почти все. Что он сделал? Ничего или почти ничего. -
    What did Beltov do during these ten years? Everything or almost everything. What did he achieve? Nothing, or almost nothing. уверить — convince решать — try to solve решить — solve. учиться — study научиться — learn отыскивать — look for отыскать — find сдавать экзамен - to take an exam сдать экзамен - to pass an exam поступать в университет - to apply to a university поступить в университет - be admitted/get into a university
    б) При переводе глаголов несовершенного вида нельзя не подчеркнуть, что речь идет о попытках говорящего или кого-то другого что-либо сделать.
    Войска брали крепость целый месяц. - The troops tried for a whole month to take the fortress.
    Я к нему долго привыкал, но наконец привык. - For a long time I tried to get used to him, and finally did. He оправдывайся! - Don't try to justify yourselfl/Don't try to make excuses!
    с)Существует также целая категория особых глаголов, у которых несовершенный вид указывает на состояние, которое является результатом завершенного действия и передается совершенным видом.
    Я «понимаю» is the result of «я понял», and note that English "I understand" translates them both. The formal pair «разобраться/разбираться» are exactly the same; the verb in «я разобрался в этом» is an achievement with the change-of-state meaning characteristic of perfectives, while the verb in «я разбираюсь в этом» signals the state resulting from the achievement. They may both be translated as / understand, but the former means / have figured out (come to understand), while the latter means I understand (as a result of having figured out). These verbs belong to a very large group of perfectives whose change of state is inceptive, whose imperfectives denote the new, resulting state: «понял, понимаю, поверил, верю, понравиться, нравиться».
    14. Перевод безличных конструкций
    а) Во множественном числе третьего лица безличную конструкцию можно переделать в пассивную:
    Посетителей просят оставить верхнюю одежду в гардеробе. -
    Visitors are requested/asked to leave/Visitors must leave/check their coats in the coatroom.
    б) Можно вставить субъект/подлежащее:
    Об этом часто приходится слышать. - I/he/we/they often hear about this.
    Чувствовалось, что он доволен. - I/we/they felt/could feel that he was pleased.
    в) В некоторых контекстах возвратные глаголы переводятся как переходные с добавлением подлежащего:
    Под вакуумом понимается пространство, не содержащее вещества. - A vacuum is defined as space/By a vacuum we mean space/The definition of a vacuum is space/A vacuum is understood to be space free from/not containing/devoid of matter.
    В данном случае сложное движение рассматривается как результат двух движений. - In this case complex movement is considered as/considered to be/we see complex movement as/we define complex movement as the result of two movements.
    г) Когда русское местоимение является дополнением безличных глаголов, то можно переделать в подлежащее/субъект.
    В ушах звенело, во рту пересохло. - His/my ears were ringing, his/my throat was dry.
    Меня неудержимо клонило в сон. - I felt an irresistible urge to sleep/I just couldn't stay awake/I felt horribly/terribly/awfully sleepy. Ее потянуло в Париж. - She felt an urge to go to Paris/Paris was calling to her/She felt like going to Paris. Мне жаль мою подругу. - I'm sorry for my girlfriend.
    15. Перевод причастий
    @ДЕЙСТВИТЕЛЬНОЕ ПРИЧАСТИЕ НАСТОЯЩЕГО ВРЕМЕНИ
    1. переводится на английский глагольной формой на -ing.
    Девушка, читающая книгу, очень красива - The girl who is reading the book is very pretty.
    2. переводится с пропуском причастия, т.е. с помощью короткого оборота с предлогом и краткого придаточного предложения
    Группа, имеющая такие блестящие результаты, является гордостью нашего института. - The group with such outstanding results is the pride of our institute.
    Вопрос, выходящий за рамки данной статьи. - A matter/issue/question beyond the scope of this article.
    ***
    см. ГЛАГОЛ
    @ВОЗВРАТНАЯ ЧАСТИЦА
    обычно переводится оборотом с предлогом:
    Строящийся завод является одним из новейших в стране. - The factory under construction is one of the newest in the country.
    ***
    см. ГЛАГОЛ
    @ПРИНАДЛЕЖАЩИЙ
    можно выразить просто притяжательной формой:
    Книга, принадлежащая ей. - Her book.
    ***
    см. ГЛАГОЛ
    @СТРАДАТЕЛЬНЫЙ ПРИЧАСТНЫЙ ОБОРОТ НАСТОЯЩЕГО ВРЕМЕНИ
    1. переводятся с русского языка скорее как прилагательные, чем как причастия.
    Проводимая страной политика одобряется всем народом. - The policy pursued (not "which is being pursued") by our country has the backing/approval of the entire people.
    2. в некоторых случаях причастие можно просто опустить:
    Ясно определились позиции, занимаемые обеими сторонами по таким жизненно важным вопросам. - The positions of both sides on such vitally important questions are now clear.
    ***
    см. ГЛАГОЛ
    @
    16. Перевод деепричастий.
    а) Прошедшее время из русского языка нередко переходит в английский в качестве деепричастия.
    Мы видели, как дети купались в реке. We saw the children swimming in the river.
    б) Деепричастие настоящего времени подчас приходится переводить на английский прошедшим:
    Раза два в год бывал в Москве и, возвращаясь оттуда, рассказывал об этом. Не would visit/used to visit Moscow a couple of times a year, and after returning home/on his return home tell/would tell about it.
    в) Деепричастие прошедшего времени в некоторых случаях становится деепричастием и в настоящем:
    Сев за рояль, она заиграла вальс. - Sitting at the piano, she played a waltz.
    г) При переводе русских деепричастий бывает необходимым объяснение причинных или временных обстоятельств:
    Выслушав меня внимательно, вы быстро меня поймете. If you listen to me carefully, you'll understand quickly.
    Почувствовав голод, они решили обедать без гостей. - Because/since they were hungry, they decided to eat without/without waiting for/the guests. Переехав в собственную квартиру, он стал гораздо более самостоятельным человеком. - When/after he moved to his own apartment he became a lot more independent.
    д) В описательных деепричастных оборотах можно заменить деепричастие конструкцией «with + имя существительное»:
    Он сидел, закрыв глаза. - Не sat/was sitting with his eyes closed.
    «Это очень смешно!» — сказал он, засмеявшись. "That's very funny," he said with a laugh.
    е) Так называемые «безличные» деепричастия, которые часто встречаются в Русских технических текстах, иногда заменяются существительными или перед ними вставляется предлог.
    Используя эти данные, можно приближенно предсказать процесс. - Use of this data allows us to make an approximate prediction of the process/By using this data, we can make...
    Изучая эту таблицу, легко видеть, что... - Study of this table makes it clear that.../In studying this table we clearly see that…
    17. Сокращение глагольных конструкций
    Подчас русское словосочетание выражается одним английским глаголом. Смысл передается при помощи приставки или суффикса en-, un-, -ize, -ate.
    утверждать то, что оказалось чистейшей чепухой – to talk utter nonsense
    располагать в алфавитном порядке – to alphabetize заставить грубой силой – to bludgeon приводить в систему, распределять по категориям – list, categorize лишать законной силы – to invalidate выводить из строя – to incapacitate поймать в ловушку – to entrap

    Словарь переводчика-синхрониста (русско-английский) > ГЛАГОЛ

Страницы
  • 1
  • 2

См. также в других словарях:

  • New York City Subway — Top: A number 4 train made up of R142 …   Wikipedia

  • New Zealand's Next Top Model, Cycle 2 — New Zealand s Next Top Model Cycle 2 Promotional photograph of the cast of Cycle 2 of New Zealand s Next Top Model Format Reality television Created by Tyr …   Wikipedia

  • New Chronology (Fomenko-Nosovsky) — The New Chronology is a rewriting of world chronology, based on the contention that conventional chronology is fundamentally flawed. The central concepts of the New Chronology are derived from the ideas of Nikolai Morozov,cite… …   Wikipedia

  • New England Patriots — Current season Established 1959 Play in an …   Wikipedia

  • New York City Breakers — The New York City Breakers (NYCB) is a B boy or breakdancing crew and hip hop group that was established in the Bronx borough of New York City. They were originally known as the Floormaster Crew .[1] History Michael Holman, Hip Hop pioneer and… …   Wikipedia

  • New Allegiances — Spooks episode Episode no …   Wikipedia

  • New Jersey Nets — New Jersey Americans redirects here. For the soccer club, see New Jersey Americans (soccer). New Jersey Nets 2011 12 New Jersey Nets season …   Wikipedia

  • New Zealand first-class cricket championship — New Zealand has had a domestic first class cricket championship since the 1906–07 season. It is currently known as the Plunket Shield, reintroducing the name used in the early stages for the 2009–10 season.[1] Contents 1 Plunket Shield 2 Shell… …   Wikipedia

  • New Haven Line —      New Haven Line New Haven bound M8s pass through Port Chester, NY Overview …   Wikipedia

  • New Zealand — New Zealander. /zee leuhnd/ a country in the S Pacific, SE of Australia, consisting of North Island, South Island, and adjacent small islands: a member of the Commonwealth of Nations. 3,587,275; 103,416 sq. mi. (267,845 sq. km). Cap.: Wellington …   Universalium

  • New Orleans — New Orleanian /awr lee nee euhn, leen yeuhn/. /awr lee euhnz, awr leenz , awr leuhnz/ a seaport in SE Louisiana, on the Mississippi: British defeated (1815) by Americans under Andrew Jackson. 557,482. * * * City (pop., 2000: 484,674),… …   Universalium

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
… Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»